From f796f108051d3388f128e102e8c25da530f08ffd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?utf8?q?Uwe=20St=C3=B6hr?= Date: Mon, 2 Jun 2008 22:22:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH] - EmbeddedObjects.lyx, UserGuide.lyx: describe the new subfloat handling - EmbeddedObjects.lyx: remove section about the formerly needed special handling of references to subfloats (now only bug 4910 needs to be fixed) git-svn-id: svn://svn.lyx.org/lyx/lyx-devel/trunk@25085 a592a061-630c-0410-9148-cb99ea01b6c8 --- lib/doc/EmbeddedObjects.lyx | 1048 ++++++++++----------- lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx | 1553 ++++++++++++++++---------------- lib/doc/de/EmbeddedObjects.lyx | 1070 ++++++++++------------ lib/doc/es/EmbeddedObjects.lyx | 1122 +++++++++++------------ lib/doc/fr/EmbeddedObjects.lyx | 1197 ++++++++++++------------ 5 files changed, 2826 insertions(+), 3164 deletions(-) diff --git a/lib/doc/EmbeddedObjects.lyx b/lib/doc/EmbeddedObjects.lyx index fbd0421849..3085b7763d 100644 --- a/lib/doc/EmbeddedObjects.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/EmbeddedObjects.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -#LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 334 +#LyX 1.6.0beta2 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 335 \begin_document \begin_header \textclass scrbook @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ Graphics \family default Here you can choose an image file and adjust its appearance in the output. The available units for the image size are explained in appendix -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -502,11 +502,11 @@ Clipping \family sans Get -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset from -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset File @@ -515,15 +515,15 @@ File The option \family sans Clip -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset to -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset bounding -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset box @@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ box \family sans Extra -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset options @@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ options In this tab you can modify the appearance of the image within LyX and set the image to be a subfigure of a figure float with an own caption. Subfigures are explained in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ reference "sec:Figure-Floats" The option \family sans Draft -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset mode @@ -579,25 +579,25 @@ mode The \family sans Don't -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset unzip -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset on -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset export \family default option only affects zipped EPS-graphics, e. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ x.eps.gz Zipped EPS-graphics are useful to save disk space when you choose PostScript as output format, see appendix -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Image formats are explained in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -753,7 +753,7 @@ Figures ! Floats \begin_layout Standard For general explanations about floats, have a look at section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ Figure \end_inset Figure -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset #: @@ -795,7 +795,7 @@ Figure (# is the actual number). You can insert the image above the caption, like in Figure -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -806,7 +806,7 @@ reference "fig:kill-plat" \end_inset or below the caption, like in Figure -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -818,7 +818,7 @@ reference "fig:escher" . More about the caption placement is described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -929,7 +929,7 @@ References ! to Figures \end_inset Figure -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -966,7 +966,7 @@ Label \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Cross -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset reference @@ -1003,7 +1003,7 @@ above \end_inset Referencing is explained in detail in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -1019,52 +1019,36 @@ reference "sec:Referencing-Floats" \begin_layout Standard Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you might want to use two images with separate subcaptions. - This can be set in the tab -\family sans -Extra -\begin_inset Space ~ -\end_inset - -options -\family default - of the graphics dialog. - Choose there the option -\family sans -Subfigure -\family default - and enter the subcaption for the image in the caption field. + This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats. Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Referencing subfigures is explained in section -\begin_inset Space ~ + Figure +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Referencing-Subfigures" +reference "fig:Two-distorted-images" \end_inset -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Figure -\begin_inset Space ~ + is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side. + You can also set the images one below the other. + Figure +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +?? and ?? are the subfigures. +\begin_inset Note Note +status open -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "fig:Two-distorted-images" +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Fix this when bug 4910 is fixed! +\end_layout \end_inset - is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side. - You can also set the images one below the other. + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -1074,7 +1058,7 @@ sideways false status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -1087,7 +1071,13 @@ status open \begin_inset Caption \begin_layout Plain Layout -Undefinable structure +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "fig:Undefinable-structure" + +\end_inset + +Undefinable structure. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -1109,7 +1099,7 @@ Undefinable structure \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -1122,7 +1112,13 @@ status open \begin_inset Caption \begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "fig:A-Platypus" + +\end_inset +A Platypus. \end_layout \end_inset @@ -1145,7 +1141,7 @@ status open \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -1208,7 +1204,7 @@ Figures ! Image Formats \begin_layout Standard You can insert images in any known file format. But as explained in appendix -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -1228,7 +1224,7 @@ Imagemagick you can use only the image formats that can directly be embedded in the output file format. The output file formats are explained in appendix -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -1247,7 +1243,7 @@ Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats: \begin_layout Description Bitmap -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form. @@ -1425,7 +1421,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Description Vector -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without @@ -1969,7 +1965,7 @@ contents \family sans Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Settings @@ -1980,7 +1976,7 @@ Settings the current row. A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs of text, see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -1998,7 +1994,7 @@ reference "sub:Multiple-Lines-in" Furthermore, you can mark one or multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell, see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2038,7 +2034,7 @@ Note: It is also possible to enter a LaTeX-argument which is needed for special table formattings, see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2072,7 +2068,7 @@ Using the style option Formal \family default will convert the table to a formal table as described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2087,7 +2083,7 @@ reference "sec:Formal-Tables" \end_inset You can also add here space to table rows as decribed in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2119,7 +2115,7 @@ longtable that can run over several pages. Section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2459,7 +2455,7 @@ Table ! Floats \begin_layout Standard For general explanations about floats, have a look at section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2721,7 +2717,7 @@ The float appears as a collapsible box with a caption that has the label \end_inset Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset #: @@ -2734,7 +2730,7 @@ Table \begin_layout Standard Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2788,7 +2784,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout For more information have a look at section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2818,7 +2814,7 @@ The package caption \series default , which is described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2860,7 +2856,7 @@ Label \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Cross -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset reference @@ -2878,7 +2874,7 @@ reference \end_inset Referencing is explained in detail in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2926,11 +2922,11 @@ Table ! Longtables If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option \family sans Use -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset long -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset table @@ -2953,7 +2949,7 @@ Header except for the first page, if \family sans First -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset header @@ -2966,7 +2962,7 @@ header \family sans First -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset header @@ -2985,7 +2981,7 @@ Footer except for the last page, if \family sans Last -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset footer @@ -2997,7 +2993,7 @@ footer \family sans Last -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset footer @@ -3022,11 +3018,11 @@ Header, \family sans First -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset header, Footer, Last -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset footer. @@ -5203,7 +5199,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout See greyed-out note in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -5247,7 +5243,7 @@ Footnotes can be inserted to every longtable cell. They appear at the bottom of the page where the table cell with the footnote appears. Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -5306,7 +5302,7 @@ LTleft}{value} \begin_layout Standard Where the value can have any of the units listed in Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -5348,7 +5344,7 @@ The following longtable was left-aligned by setting LTleft \series default to 0 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. @@ -6065,11 +6061,11 @@ Note: a caption for it. For this reason you could have the case that e.g. Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2.4 follows on Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2.1 in the list of tables if there are two longtables without captions. @@ -6475,7 +6471,7 @@ tab: \begin_layout Standard This is a reference to Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -6505,7 +6501,7 @@ LaTeX-packages ! caption \end_inset , see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -6541,7 +6537,7 @@ LTcapwidth \series default . Its default value is 4 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset in. @@ -6561,7 +6557,7 @@ LTcapwidth}{width} \begin_layout Standard where the width could have one of the units listed in appendix -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -6928,15 +6924,15 @@ LTcapwidth}{5cm} \begin_layout Plain Layout long full title with width set to 5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm long full title with width set to 5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm long full title with width set to 5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm @@ -6945,15 +6941,15 @@ status open \begin_layout Plain Layout caption with width -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset = -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm @@ -7293,7 +7289,7 @@ LaTeX-packages ! caption is used, as in this document, the full page width is used for the caption when you use the default value of 4 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset in for @@ -7304,16 +7300,16 @@ LTcapwidth \series default . To get in this case exactly a 4 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset in wide caption, you can either use a value slightly different from 4.0 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset in, e.g. 3.99 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset in, or the LaTeX-command @@ -7370,7 +7366,7 @@ instead of LyX's caption box. The label to reference the table is inserted into the caption of the first header. Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -9430,7 +9426,7 @@ Behind the the \series default characters like the number of table columns before the current column. In Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -10972,7 +10968,7 @@ Adjusting a fixed width for a column, enables to enter text as a paragraph \begin_layout Standard To produce Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -10984,13 +10980,13 @@ reference "tab:Table-with-multiple" , create a 3×3 table, mark the first cell and right-click on it. In the appearing table dialog we set a cell width of 2.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm and choose centered for the vertical and horizontal alignment. The vertical alignment is used for all cells of the row. As our text is smaller than than 2.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm, only one line will appear. @@ -11009,13 +11005,13 @@ If you have a long word in a cell with a fixed width, it cannot be hyphenated Therefore you need to insert something, to make the word not being the first entry. So add a horizontal space of 0 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt before the word. As the space is zero, it doesn't change the output. Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -11054,7 +11050,7 @@ Table with and without hyphenation \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -11156,7 +11152,7 @@ i \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -11171,7 +11167,7 @@ i \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Space \hspace{} +\begin_inset space \hspace{} \length 0pt \end_inset @@ -11262,7 +11258,7 @@ i \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -11657,7 +11653,7 @@ i \begin_layout Standard To create for example Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -11678,23 +11674,23 @@ multicolumn centered alignment \emph default and a width of 2.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm in the table dialog. The spanned columns should have exactly half the width of the multicolumn cell, so that you would adjust a width of 1.25 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm for the first column. The second column has then automatically a width of 1.25 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm (multicolumn width - width of first column). This was done for Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -11862,7 +11858,7 @@ You can see that the first column has not the half width of the multicolumn because a cell is always a bit larger than its given width. Appendix -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -12293,7 +12289,7 @@ multirow{2}{2.5cm}{ as TeX-Code. According to the command parameters the multirow spans now two rows and has a width of 2.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm. @@ -12384,7 +12380,7 @@ Table ! Formal \begin_layout Standard Tables are often typeset in books similar to Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -12824,7 +12820,7 @@ Spaces to table rows can be added using the Borders \family default tab of the table dialog as described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -12845,11 +12841,11 @@ In contrary to normal tables, formal tables have no vertical table lines. \end_inset The first and the last table line have a default width of 0.08 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em while the other lines have a default width of 0.05 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em. @@ -12906,7 +12902,7 @@ midrule \series default . You can use all units listed in appendix -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -12962,7 +12958,7 @@ s can manually be created by inserting the command as TeX-Code as first \begin_layout Standard The default for the width is 0.03 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em. @@ -12984,13 +12980,13 @@ r{trimwidth} l{2pt} \emph default means that the line is trimmed from its left end by 2 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. If you don't specify the trimwidth the lines are trimmed by the default of 0.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em. @@ -13001,7 +12997,7 @@ em. \end_inset Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -13055,7 +13051,7 @@ You might want to have overlapping cmidrule \series default s like in Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -13079,7 +13075,7 @@ morecmidrules \begin_layout Standard The command that was used for the second row of Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -13219,7 +13215,7 @@ System \begin_layout Plain Layout Medipix -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 1 @@ -13232,7 +13228,7 @@ Medipix \begin_layout Plain Layout Medipix -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 2 @@ -13625,7 +13621,7 @@ Table ! Alignment \begin_layout Standard To align tables vertically in a text line the table must be inside a box. The box can then be vertically aligned as described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -13645,7 +13641,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Minipages are described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -13661,7 +13657,7 @@ reference "sec:Minipages" \end_inset box that has a width of 15 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset col%: @@ -14320,7 +14316,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Raiseboxes are described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -14615,14 +14611,14 @@ If you only need colored text, mark the cells and choose a color in the \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Text -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style \family default . This was used to create Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -14720,7 +14716,7 @@ inside the command >{} \series default is described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -14816,11 +14812,11 @@ and the color values are comma separated numbers between 0 and 1 describing \begin_layout Standard You can e. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset define the color " @@ -14894,7 +14890,7 @@ To color characters in the table, mark the cells and use the LyX menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Text -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style @@ -14930,7 +14926,7 @@ Note: \begin_layout Standard To create Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -14991,7 +14987,7 @@ The characters could now be colored using the menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Text -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style @@ -15267,7 +15263,7 @@ Color ! for Table Lines \begin_layout Standard As described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -15286,7 +15282,7 @@ arrayrulewidth \series default . It is set to 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt for all tables of this section. @@ -15310,7 +15306,7 @@ arrayrulewidth}{1.5pt} \begin_layout Standard To color vertical lines for example with green, create the following column format in the document preamble, according to the description in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -15337,7 +15333,7 @@ vline}} \begin_layout Standard For Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -15499,7 +15495,7 @@ sd \end_inset To color horizontal lines for example with red, like in Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -15743,7 +15739,7 @@ myHlineC} \begin_layout Standard Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -15982,11 +15978,11 @@ Borders \begin_layout Description Top -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset row will add space above the characters of the table row. @@ -15996,7 +15992,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Formal tables are explained in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -16012,7 +16008,7 @@ reference "sec:Formal-Tables" \end_inset LyX will insert as default 0.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em space. @@ -16026,12 +16022,12 @@ em space. \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hspace*{} +\begin_inset space \hspace*{} \length 0pt \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -16056,7 +16052,7 @@ A \begin_layout Plain Layout 3 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mm space top of row @@ -16081,11 +16077,11 @@ C \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hspace*{} +\begin_inset space \hspace*{} \length 0pt \end_inset @@ -16103,20 +16099,20 @@ So inserting space to the top of row for normal tables is only useful when \begin_layout Description Bottom -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset row will add space below the characters of the table row. If the table is a formal table LyX will insert as default 0.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em space, for normal tables the default size is 2 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. @@ -16124,12 +16120,12 @@ pt. \begin_layout Description Between -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset rows adds space between the current and the following row. If the table is a formal table LyX will insert as default 0.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em space. @@ -16143,12 +16139,12 @@ em space. \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hspace*{} +\begin_inset space \hspace*{} \length 0pt \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -16176,7 +16172,7 @@ A \end_inset 3 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mm space between row @@ -16198,7 +16194,7 @@ mm space between row \end_inset 3 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mm space between row @@ -16216,11 +16212,11 @@ mm space between row \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hspace*{} +\begin_inset space \hspace*{} \length 0pt \end_inset @@ -16313,15 +16309,15 @@ Table Customization ! Special Cell Alignment \begin_layout Standard Sometimes it looks better when the cell entries of a column are aligned with a special character, e. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset with the decimal separator as in Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -16477,7 +16473,7 @@ This table was created with a 4×2 table. \begin_layout Standard Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -16599,7 +16595,7 @@ relations \begin_layout Plain Layout 24 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset bottles @@ -16671,7 +16667,7 @@ bottles \begin_layout Plain Layout 768 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Pixels @@ -16743,7 +16739,7 @@ Pixels \begin_layout Plain Layout 6 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm @@ -16834,7 +16830,7 @@ LaTeX-packages ! dcolumn that provides table cell alignments. But this unfortunately treats the cell entries as math and doesn't allow formulas in table cells: The first column of Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -16849,7 +16845,7 @@ reference "tab:Several-table-cell" dcolumn \series default like the first column in Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -16861,7 +16857,7 @@ reference "tab:Alignments-when" and only with some tricks like the expected. The alignment of the second and third column of Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -16947,7 +16943,7 @@ units \begin_layout Plain Layout 12x24 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset bottles @@ -16960,7 +16956,7 @@ bottles \begin_layout Plain Layout 12x24 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -17005,7 +17001,7 @@ times \begin_layout Plain Layout 1024x768 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Pixels @@ -17018,7 +17014,7 @@ Pixels \begin_layout Plain Layout 1024x768 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -17063,7 +17059,7 @@ times \begin_layout Plain Layout 32x6 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm @@ -17076,7 +17072,7 @@ cm \begin_layout Plain Layout 32x6 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -17150,7 +17146,7 @@ Table Customization ! Cell/Column Format \begin_layout Standard Calculating the needed width for spanned columns like in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -17236,7 +17232,7 @@ where hspace{0pt} \series default avoids the problem of hyphenating the first word, as described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -17398,7 +17394,7 @@ as LaTeX-argument. \begin_layout Standard To create Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -17632,11 +17628,11 @@ arrayrulewidth \series default . To set for example a line thickness of 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt, like in Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -17669,7 +17665,7 @@ in TeX-Code before the table or table float. arrayrulewidth \series default to 0.4 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt in TeX-Code behind the table or table float. @@ -17707,7 +17703,7 @@ name "tab:Table-with-1.5" \end_inset Table with 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt thick lines @@ -17845,11 +17841,11 @@ arrayrulewidth}{0.4pt} \end_inset To set the line thickness to 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt only for horizontal lines, like in Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -17988,7 +17984,7 @@ name "tab:Table-with-horizontal" \end_inset Table with 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt thick horizontal lines @@ -18128,12 +18124,12 @@ myHline} \end_inset To set the line thickness to 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt only for vertical lines, create the following column format in the document preamble, according to the description in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -18158,7 +18154,7 @@ vrule width 1.5pt}} \begin_layout Standard For Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -18208,7 +18204,7 @@ name "tab:Table-with-vertical" \end_inset Table with 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt thick vertical lines @@ -18773,7 +18769,7 @@ as first element of the first cell in the row of the multicolumn. \begin_layout Standard Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -18843,7 +18839,7 @@ LaTeX-packages ! colortbl \end_inset that is used for colored tables in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -18977,7 +18973,7 @@ Footnotes and \family sans Margin -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Notes @@ -18994,7 +18990,7 @@ Floats allow a high quality layout. , every float can be referenced in the text. Floats are therefore numbered. Referencing is described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -19025,7 +19021,7 @@ Caption The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate paragraph within the float. More about the caption placement is described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -19065,7 +19061,7 @@ Float Types \begin_layout Standard Besides figure and table floats that are described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -19089,11 +19085,11 @@ Algorithm and \series bold Text -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Wrap -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Float @@ -19187,7 +19183,7 @@ Userguide \emph default . Algorithm -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -19198,7 +19194,7 @@ reference "alg:Example-Algorithm-float" \end_inset is an example of an algorithm float where -4 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mm vertical space was added at the end of the float to have the bottom rule @@ -19219,7 +19215,7 @@ The float label is not automatically translated into the document language. \backslash floatname{algorithm}{your -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset name} @@ -19229,7 +19225,7 @@ name} where \family sans your -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset name @@ -19254,11 +19250,11 @@ To insert the list of algorithms you can in this case not use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator List -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset / -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator @@ -19274,7 +19270,7 @@ List of Algorithms \backslash listof{algorithm}{your -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset name} @@ -19284,7 +19280,7 @@ name} where \family sans your -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset name @@ -19336,7 +19332,7 @@ numberwithin , set in the tab \family sans Math -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Options @@ -19344,15 +19340,15 @@ Options in the document settings the option \family sans Use -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset AMS -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset math -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset package @@ -19442,11 +19438,11 @@ wrap Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Floats\SpecialChar \menuseparator Text -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Wrap -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Float @@ -19530,7 +19526,7 @@ status collapsed Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the \emph on LaTeX -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Configuration @@ -19543,7 +19539,7 @@ Configuration The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the float box. Figure -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -19554,7 +19550,7 @@ reference "fig:This-is-a" \end_inset is an example text wrap float with a width of 40 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset col%. @@ -19563,7 +19559,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Available units are explained in appendix -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -19612,15 +19608,15 @@ status open Note: \series default Text -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset wrap float floats are fragile! E. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up in @@ -19772,7 +19768,7 @@ numberwithin , set in the tab \family sans Math -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Options @@ -19780,15 +19776,15 @@ Options in the document settings the option \family sans Use -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset AMS -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset math -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset package @@ -19798,7 +19794,7 @@ package \begin_layout Standard Please also have a look at section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -19868,11 +19864,11 @@ Label will be inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text. LyX offers as text the first words of the caption with a prefix. The prefix depends on the float type, e. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset for figure floats the prefix will be " @@ -19932,18 +19928,18 @@ You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box. The button \family sans Go -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset to -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Label \family default in the cross-reference window sets the cursor before the referred label. The button text changes then to Go -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Back and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference. @@ -20010,7 +20006,7 @@ reference "eq:Wgn" \begin_layout Description : prints the page number: Page -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -20025,11 +20021,11 @@ reference "fig:Two-distorted-images" \begin_layout Description on -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset page -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset : prints the text "on page" and the page number: @@ -20044,15 +20040,15 @@ reference "fig:Two-distorted-images" \begin_layout Description -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset on -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset page -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset : prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number: @@ -20068,7 +20064,7 @@ reference "fig:Two-distorted-images" \begin_layout Description Formatted -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format. @@ -20097,11 +20093,11 @@ prettyref Note that the style won't print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same, or the next page. You will e. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset see the text @@ -20130,76 +20126,6 @@ Format e box. \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Referencing Subfigures -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Referencing-Subfigures" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -References ! to Subfigures -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Currently referencing subfigures is not supported by LyX, so you have to - use LaTeX-commands. - The label is the created with the command -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -label{fig:YourLabelName} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -that is directly inserted into the subfigure caption field. - To reference the label add this command in TeX-Code -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -ref{fig:YourLabelName} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -to the position in your document where the reference should be placed. - Here is a reference to a subfigure: Subfigure -\begin_inset Space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -ref{fig:Platypus} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - \begin_layout Subsection Automatic Reference Naming \begin_inset Index @@ -20222,11 +20148,11 @@ hyperref provides a very useful feature that cross-references automatically include the name of the referenced floats (or text parts like sections). You save to write e. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset the name @@ -20326,13 +20252,13 @@ Note: in the \family sans Formatted -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset reference \family default style, described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -20532,7 +20458,7 @@ Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement The option \family sans Span -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset columns @@ -20546,7 +20472,7 @@ columns The option \family sans Rotate -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset sideways @@ -20566,11 +20492,11 @@ You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option \family sans Use -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset default -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset placement @@ -20580,11 +20506,11 @@ placement \begin_layout Description Here -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset if -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset possible try to place the float on the position where it is inserted @@ -20592,11 +20518,11 @@ possible try to place the float on the position where it is inserted \begin_layout Description Top -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset page try to place the float on the top of the current page @@ -20604,11 +20530,11 @@ page try to place the float on the top of the current page \begin_layout Description Bottom -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset page try to place the float on the bottom of the current page @@ -20616,11 +20542,11 @@ page try to place the float on the bottom of the current page \begin_layout Description Page -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset floats try to place the float on an own page @@ -20636,11 +20562,11 @@ always \family sans Here -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset if -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset possible @@ -20648,11 +20574,11 @@ possible , then \family sans Top -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset page @@ -20673,17 +20599,17 @@ By default, each option has its own rules: \family sans Top -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset page \family default only floats occupying less than 70 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset % of the page can be placed at the top of a page ( @@ -20700,17 +20626,17 @@ topfraction \family sans Bottom -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset page \family default : only floats occupying less than 30 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page. @@ -20728,17 +20654,17 @@ bottomfraction \family sans Page -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset floats \family default : only if more than 50 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together @@ -20757,11 +20683,11 @@ If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional option \family sans Ignore -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset LaTeX -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset rules @@ -20774,7 +20700,7 @@ You can also redefine the rules with LaTeX-commands that are given in parenthese s behind the rules description above. To increase for example the often too small default of the bottom-rule to 50 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset % of the page, add this line to your document preamble: @@ -20796,7 +20722,7 @@ Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed For this case you can use the option \family sans Here -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset definitely @@ -20902,7 +20828,7 @@ LaTeX-packages ! endfloat \family sans [Figure -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 3.2 about here.] @@ -20951,7 +20877,7 @@ Note: endfloat \series default doesn't provide an automatic translation for the text hint, you have to do this manually, see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 4 in @@ -21063,7 +20989,7 @@ Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated. and use the option \family sans Rotate -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset sideways @@ -21090,7 +21016,7 @@ figuresright \begin_layout Standard Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption format is also the same: Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -21229,7 +21155,7 @@ Floats ! Side by side \begin_layout Standard To place floats side by side, like for Figure -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -21257,7 +21183,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Minipages are explained in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -21273,11 +21199,11 @@ reference "sec:Minipages" \end_inset The width is set to 45 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -50 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset column% and the box alignment to @@ -21290,11 +21216,11 @@ Bottom The only difference is that the image unit \family sans Column -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Width -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset % @@ -21355,7 +21281,7 @@ Float on the left side. \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -21468,11 +21394,11 @@ Floats \family default . On the LyX screen captions appear as label, e. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -21564,7 +21490,7 @@ captionsetup[float type]{format definition} \begin_layout Standard in the document preamble. For example the caption formats of Figure -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -21575,7 +21501,7 @@ reference "fig:This-is-an-fig" \end_inset and Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -21780,7 +21706,7 @@ letter (koma-script) report (koma-script) \family default -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset ), you can alternatively to the @@ -22092,7 +22018,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout See section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -22152,7 +22078,7 @@ letter (koma-script) report (koma-script) \family default -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset ), you can alternatively to the @@ -22583,7 +22509,7 @@ TabBesEnd \begin_layout Standard Figure -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -22594,7 +22520,7 @@ reference "fig:cap-beside-fig" \end_inset and Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -22682,7 +22608,7 @@ sidecaptionvpos{figure}{c} \begin_layout Standard This was used for Figure -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -22737,7 +22663,7 @@ LaTeX-packages ! hypcap \end_inset , described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -23228,11 +23154,11 @@ Similar to the the table of contents where the sections of the document \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator List -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset / -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset TOC @@ -23294,7 +23220,7 @@ Note \begin_layout Description LyX -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output. @@ -23369,7 +23295,7 @@ This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files. \begin_layout Description Greyed -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Out This note will appear in the output as grey text. @@ -23530,7 +23456,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Framed boxes are described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -23593,7 +23519,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Colored boxes are described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -23627,7 +23553,7 @@ When you use the toolbar button to insert notes, a \family sans LyX -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Note @@ -23699,7 +23625,7 @@ egroup} \begin_layout Standard The available colors and the method to define own colors is explained in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -23746,7 +23672,7 @@ The default frame width for Framed \family default notes is 0.4 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt; it can be changed by changing the size @@ -23757,7 +23683,7 @@ FrameRule \series default . The default space between the note content and the frame is 9 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt; it can be changed by changing the size @@ -23854,7 +23780,7 @@ Shaded \family default notes the default space between the note content and the note border is 3 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt; it can be changed by changing the size @@ -23881,7 +23807,7 @@ definecolor{shadebox} definecolor \series default command is explained in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -23912,7 +23838,7 @@ inecolor color \series default in the preamble, see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24214,7 +24140,7 @@ The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text \begin_layout Standard Footnotes can be referenced like floats: Insert a label into the footnote and cross-reference this label in the text as described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24229,7 +24155,7 @@ reference "sec:Referencing-Floats" \end_inset This is a cross-reference of Footnote -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24247,7 +24173,7 @@ reference "foot:This-is-an" \end_inset To use footnotes within tables, you have to use minipages, see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24259,7 +24185,7 @@ reference "sec:Minipages" . Footnotes within longtables are described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24292,7 +24218,7 @@ As you don't know the number of the repeating footnote while you are writing the text, you have to store its number. For the following footnote mark example, these commands were inserted in TeX-Code behind Footnote -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24603,7 +24529,7 @@ numberwithin , set in the tab \family sans Math -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Options @@ -24611,15 +24537,15 @@ Options in the document settings the option \family sans Use -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset AMS -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset math -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset package @@ -24758,15 +24684,15 @@ Footnotes ! Placement If you have several footnotes in one page, they appear without vertical space between them at the bottom of the page. To make them better readable you can e. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset add 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mm space with the following preamble command: @@ -24802,7 +24728,7 @@ vspace{1.5mm}}} In a two-column document the footnotes appear at the bottom of every column, see Figure -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24815,7 +24741,7 @@ reference "fig:Standard-footnote-placement" . If the footnotes should only appear at the bottom of the right column, as in Figure -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24990,7 +24916,7 @@ ftnright In some scientific literature it is usual to collect the footnotes and print them in a separate paragraph at the the end of a section, like in Figure -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -25177,7 +25103,7 @@ notesname}{Anmerkungen} The numbering of endnotes can be changed like the footnote numbering as described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -25207,7 +25133,7 @@ theendnote @addtoreset \series default as described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -25242,7 +25168,7 @@ endnotemark[number] footnotemark \series default , described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -25316,7 +25242,7 @@ Margin notes look and behave in LyX like footnotes. \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Marginal -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Note @@ -25516,7 +25442,7 @@ AVeryLongMarginParWord that isn't hyphenated. \family default \series default Similar to the case described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -25529,7 +25455,7 @@ reference "sub:Multiple-Lines-in" , long words cannot be hyphenated when they are the first word in a margin note. To avoid this, insert 0 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt horizontal space before the word @@ -25541,7 +25467,7 @@ pt horizontal space before the word status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Space \hspace*{} +\begin_inset space \hspace*{} \length 0pt \end_inset @@ -25676,7 +25602,7 @@ marginnote \begin_layout Standard where the offset is a length with one of the units listed in Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -25692,7 +25618,7 @@ reference "tab:Units" \family roman \series medium For example the margin note beside this text line is shifted up 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm with the TeX-Code-command @@ -25715,7 +25641,7 @@ status open \begin_layout Plain Layout This margin note is shifted up 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm from its original position. @@ -26183,7 +26109,7 @@ Boxes ! Introduction \begin_layout Standard Boxes are used to format a block of text. Boxes can be used to write documents with multiple languages, see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26194,7 +26120,7 @@ reference "sec:Minipages" \end_inset , to frame texts, see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26205,7 +26131,7 @@ reference "sec:Framed-Boxes" \end_inset , to prevent words to be hyphenated, see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26216,7 +26142,7 @@ reference "sec:Prevent-Hyphenation" \end_inset , to align text, see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26227,7 +26153,7 @@ reference "sub:Vertical-Alignment" \end_inset , or to set the background color of texts, see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26272,7 +26198,7 @@ Box (Minipage) The appearing box dialog offers the \family sans Inner -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Box @@ -26291,7 +26217,7 @@ Minipage Minipage \family default is the default for new boxes and is explained in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26306,7 +26232,7 @@ reference "sec:Minipages" Parbox \family default is described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26361,7 +26287,7 @@ Note: For an unknown reason you can only set the \family sans Inner -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Box @@ -26374,13 +26300,13 @@ None Boxes without an \family sans Inner -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Box \family default type and without frames are explained in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26444,7 +26370,7 @@ Height \family default . The available units for the geometry are explained in Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26500,7 +26426,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center Box height set to 1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Depth @@ -26522,11 +26448,11 @@ Depth \begin_layout Description Height This is the heigth of the text that is inside the box. A value of e. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2 for this size will set the box heigth to 2 times the text height: @@ -26545,7 +26471,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center Box height set to 2 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Height @@ -26558,15 +26484,15 @@ Height \begin_layout Description Total -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Height This is the Height -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset + -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Depth: @@ -26585,11 +26511,11 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center Box height set to 1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Total -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Height @@ -26617,7 +26543,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center Box height set to 1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Width @@ -26646,7 +26572,7 @@ Boxes ! Alignment When you have chosen an \family sans Inner -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Box @@ -26740,11 +26666,11 @@ Note: \series default The vertical box aligment can be lost in the output when you have two boxes in a line and one has e. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset a shadow and the other one not. @@ -26767,7 +26693,7 @@ The horizontal box alignment can be set via LyX's paragraph dialog when When you have chosen an \family sans Inner -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Box @@ -26898,7 +26824,7 @@ To align the box content horizontally you can use LyX's paragraph dialog when you have chosen an \family sans Inner -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Box @@ -26944,7 +26870,7 @@ stretched. If you haven't set an \family sans Inner -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Box @@ -27009,7 +26935,7 @@ Type \begin_layout Description Rectangular -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset box This draws a rectangle frame around the box. @@ -27045,16 +26971,16 @@ Rectangular box \begin_layout Description Oval -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset box, -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset thin This draws an oval frame around the box. The frame line thickness has the size 0.4 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. @@ -27083,16 +27009,16 @@ Oval box, thin \begin_layout Description Oval -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset box, -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset thick This draws an oval frame around the box. The frame line thickness has the size 0.8 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. @@ -27121,7 +27047,7 @@ Oval box, thick \begin_layout Description Shadow -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset box This draws a rectangle frame with a shadow around the box. @@ -27132,7 +27058,7 @@ box This draws a rectangle frame with a shadow around the box. fboxrule \series default , the shadow has a width of 4 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. @@ -27161,12 +27087,12 @@ Shadow box \begin_layout Description Double -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset box This draws a double-line rectangle frame around the box. The line thickness of the inner frame is 0.75 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -27176,7 +27102,7 @@ box This draws a double-line rectangle frame around the box. fboxrule \series default , the thickness of the outer frame is 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -27187,7 +27113,7 @@ fboxrule \series default . The distance between the lines is 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -27197,15 +27123,15 @@ fboxrule fboxrule \series default -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset + -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 0.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. @@ -27265,20 +27191,20 @@ The default value for the size fboxrule \series default is 0.4 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. It can be changed with the following command in TeX-Code to e. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt: @@ -27331,15 +27257,15 @@ Rectangular box with fboxrule \series default -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset = -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 2 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt @@ -27371,7 +27297,7 @@ fboxrule}{0.4pt} The space between the frame and the box content is for all frame styles by default 3 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. @@ -27397,7 +27323,7 @@ fboxsep}{10pt} \begin_layout Standard sets the value to 10 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt, like for the following box: @@ -27440,15 +27366,15 @@ Rectangular box with fboxsep \series default -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset = -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 10 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt @@ -27499,7 +27425,7 @@ cornersize*{1cm} \begin_layout Standard sets the diameter to 1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm. @@ -27518,11 +27444,11 @@ cornersize{num} sets the diameter to \family sans num -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset × -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset minimum(width and heigth of box) @@ -27572,15 +27498,15 @@ Oval box with cornersize \series default -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset = -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm @@ -27616,7 +27542,7 @@ shadowsize \series default . It it set to 2 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt for the following box by this command: @@ -27669,15 +27595,15 @@ Shadow box with shadowsize \series default -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset = -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 2 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt @@ -27744,7 +27670,7 @@ Minipages are useful when you write documents with different languages. \begin_layout Standard Below are two example minipages side by side. Their width is set to 45 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset col% and they are separated by a horizontal fill, that was inserted via @@ -27752,12 +27678,12 @@ col% and they are separated by a horizontal fill, that was inserted via \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Special -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator Horizontal -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Fill @@ -27813,7 +27739,7 @@ Dies ist eine deutsche Fußnote. \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -28183,11 +28109,11 @@ h The document-wide paragraph settings are ignored within minipages. That means that there will be no space between paragraphs in minipages although you set it to e. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -28200,7 +28126,7 @@ MedSkip \begin_layout Standard Minipages can also be used to set a background color for text parts, see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -28478,12 +28404,12 @@ Of course the word now protrudes over the side margin. \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Special -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator Line -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Break @@ -29052,7 +28978,7 @@ yellow \end_inset You can also define your own color as described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -29067,11 +28993,11 @@ reference "sec:Colored-Tables" \begin_layout Standard To have e. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset a red background for a word, insert the command @@ -29192,7 +29118,7 @@ fboxrule fboxsep \series default , respectively, as described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -29223,7 +29149,7 @@ was used. \begin_layout Standard Here is an example where the frame line thickness was set to 1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mm: @@ -30396,11 +30322,11 @@ resizebox \begin_layout Standard The boxes can be combined in any order. E. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset the command @@ -30663,7 +30589,7 @@ File \begin_layout Description LyX -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Document Another LyX document; its content is directly inserted to your @@ -30672,7 +30598,7 @@ Document Another LyX document; its content is directly inserted to your \begin_layout Description Plain -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Text A text document; every of its text lines is inserted to your document @@ -30681,15 +30607,15 @@ Text A text document; every of its text lines is inserted to your document \begin_layout Description Plain -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Text, -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Join -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Lines A text document; its text lines are inserted as they are. @@ -30698,7 +30624,7 @@ Lines A text document; its text lines are inserted as they are. \begin_layout Description External -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Material Files in various formats. @@ -30706,7 +30632,7 @@ Material Files in various formats. \begin_layout Description Child -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Document LyX or LaTeX-documents. @@ -30744,7 +30670,7 @@ External Material Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator File\SpecialChar \menuseparator External -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Material @@ -30788,7 +30714,7 @@ Day-Month-Year \end_inset -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -30819,7 +30745,7 @@ today \series default as TeX-Code. The different methods are compared in Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -30864,7 +30790,7 @@ External material Graphics \family default dialog as described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -31131,7 +31057,7 @@ External material is displayed in LyX either as box like this: or as image, depending on the setting in the \family sans LyX -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset View @@ -31207,7 +31133,7 @@ Included documents are displayed in LyX as a box like this: Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator File\SpecialChar \menuseparator Child -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Documents @@ -31255,7 +31181,7 @@ The section numbering includes the sections of the included files in the The included example document has for example a subsection that is numbered as subsection of this section. Labels of included documents can be referenced: Subsection -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -31365,7 +31291,7 @@ Input files don't start with a new page and don't end with a page break. Input files can be previewed in LyX when \family sans Instant -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Preview @@ -31373,11 +31299,11 @@ Preview is enabled in LyX's preferences under \family sans Look -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator @@ -31447,7 +31373,7 @@ textvisiblespace Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator File\SpecialChar \menuseparator Plain -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Text @@ -31512,7 +31438,7 @@ verbatim \begin_layout Description Listings This type is described in chapter -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -31623,7 +31549,7 @@ By default, a listing starts a new paragraph in the output. The placement option \family sans Inline -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset listing @@ -31697,7 +31623,7 @@ p \end_inset corresponding to the float placement options described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -31710,11 +31636,11 @@ reference "sec:Float-Placement" . The placement options can be mixed and are inserted without any separation, e. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -31754,7 +31680,7 @@ Caption \family default . Listings can be referenced like floats: Listing -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -31860,7 +31786,7 @@ Courier In section \family sans Line -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset numbering @@ -31890,7 +31816,7 @@ You can furthermore specify a range of lines, only these will then appear The option \family sans Extended -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset chars @@ -31921,7 +31847,7 @@ Python \end_inset Extended -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset chars @@ -31933,11 +31859,11 @@ chars \end_inset Space -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset as -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Symbol @@ -31945,11 +31871,11 @@ Symbol \end_inset , range lines 3 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset - -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 8: @@ -32050,7 +31976,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout The other child document types are described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -32091,7 +32017,7 @@ Cross-Reference \begin_layout Standard Listing -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -32102,11 +32028,11 @@ reference "lst:file-listing" \end_inset is an example for a listing of a file; there the lines 10 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset - -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 15 of this LyX file are listed. @@ -32149,7 +32075,7 @@ Text Layout in the \family sans Listings -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset settings @@ -32203,7 +32129,7 @@ name "cha:Units-available-in" \begin_layout Standard To understand the units described in this documentation, Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -32350,11 +32276,11 @@ pt \begin_layout Plain Layout point (72.27 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt = 1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset in) @@ -32378,11 +32304,11 @@ pc \begin_layout Plain Layout pica (1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pc = 12 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt) @@ -32406,11 +32332,11 @@ sp \begin_layout Plain Layout scaled point (65536 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset sp = 1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt) @@ -32434,11 +32360,11 @@ bp \begin_layout Plain Layout big point (72 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset bp = 1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset in) @@ -32462,7 +32388,7 @@ dd \begin_layout Plain Layout didot (1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset dd @@ -32470,7 +32396,7 @@ dd \end_inset 0.376 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mm) @@ -32494,11 +32420,11 @@ cc \begin_layout Plain Layout cicero (1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cc = 12 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset dd) @@ -32710,11 +32636,11 @@ mu \begin_layout Plain Layout math unit (1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mu = 1/18 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) @@ -33175,7 +33101,7 @@ Export \begin_layout Description PDF -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ps2pdf) This uses the program @@ -33193,7 +33119,7 @@ dvips \begin_layout Description PDF -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (dvipdfm) This uses the program @@ -33206,7 +33132,7 @@ dvipdfm \begin_layout Description PDF -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) This uses the program @@ -33220,7 +33146,7 @@ pdftex It is recommended to use \family sans PDF -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) @@ -33258,7 +33184,7 @@ View that uses \family sans PDF -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) @@ -33268,7 +33194,7 @@ PDF \begin_layout Chapter Explanation of Equation -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -33323,7 +33249,7 @@ tabcolsep \series default is the LaTeX-length between the cell text and the cell border, its default value is 6 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. @@ -33334,7 +33260,7 @@ pt. arrayrulewidth \series default is the thickness of the cell border line, the default is 0.4 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. @@ -33342,7 +33268,7 @@ pt. \begin_layout Standard Following equation -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -33370,7 +33296,7 @@ W_{\mathrm{tot\, mult}}=W_{g\,\mathrm{mult}}+2\cdot\backslash\mbox{tabcolsep}+2\ \begin_layout Standard By setting equation -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset diff --git a/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx index 03875b6233..35c72b5996 100644 --- a/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -#LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 334 +#LyX 1.6.0beta2 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 335 \begin_document \begin_header \textclass scrbook @@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar. \begin_layout Standard For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look at Appendix -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ status collapsed \emph on eX -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Configuration @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ status collapsed \end_inset eX -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Configuration @@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ LaTeX is printed with sub- and superscript letters. More on ERT is described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ reference "sec:ERT" \end_inset , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -549,13 +549,13 @@ New \family sans New -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset from \bar under -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ Save \family sans Save -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset As @@ -595,11 +595,11 @@ As \family sans Revert -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset to -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset saved @@ -609,7 +609,7 @@ saved \family sans Version -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Control @@ -646,13 +646,13 @@ They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with \family sans File\SpecialChar \menuseparator New -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset from \bar under -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -665,7 +665,7 @@ Template the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually. They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters (see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -711,11 +711,11 @@ scratch. \family sans Revert -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset to -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset saved @@ -723,7 +723,7 @@ saved and \family sans Version -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Control @@ -749,11 +749,11 @@ Extended Features \family sans Revert -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset to -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset saved @@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ saved With \family sans Version -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Control @@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ Paste \family sans Paste -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Recent @@ -845,7 +845,7 @@ Recent \family sans Paste -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Special @@ -855,11 +855,11 @@ Special \family sans Find -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset & -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Replace @@ -905,7 +905,7 @@ You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste. The submenu of \family sans Paste -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Recent @@ -918,16 +918,16 @@ The menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Paste -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator Plain -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Text, Join -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Lines @@ -942,7 +942,7 @@ one Without \family sans Join -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Lines @@ -975,11 +975,11 @@ The \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Find -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset & -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Replace @@ -987,11 +987,11 @@ Replace item opens the \family sans Find -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Replace @@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@ Replace button replaces the selected text with the contents of the \family sans Replace -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset with @@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@ with You can click the \family sans Find -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Next @@ -1023,7 +1023,7 @@ Next Hit \family sans Replace -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset All @@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ All The \family sans Case -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset sensitive @@ -1342,7 +1342,7 @@ We're not going to cover all of the keybindings. Some keys, like \family sans Page -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Up @@ -1350,7 +1350,7 @@ Up , \family sans Page -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Down @@ -1391,7 +1391,7 @@ description "Tabulator key" \family default There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX. If you don't understand this, go read sections -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -1409,7 +1409,7 @@ reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments" \end_inset , especially section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -1461,11 +1461,11 @@ cancel key. Home \family default -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -1631,17 +1631,17 @@ For example, the sequence \family sans M -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset e -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset s \family default -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ Text Style \family sans M -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset f @@ -1929,7 +1929,7 @@ broadway Layout for writing plays. \begin_layout Description curiculum -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset vitae classes to create curriculum vitae @@ -2023,7 +2023,7 @@ Slides Used to make transparencies \begin_layout Description SPIE -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society @@ -2619,7 +2619,7 @@ You're probably also wondering what \end_inset Max. -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset sectioning level @@ -2658,7 +2658,7 @@ Subsubsection \family default headings, and so on. We'll describe these headings fully in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2718,7 +2718,7 @@ Options field under \family sans Documents -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset classes @@ -2735,7 +2735,7 @@ classes Under \family sans Page -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Layout @@ -2831,7 +2831,7 @@ The Separation \family default of paragraphs is described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2869,7 +2869,7 @@ name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation," You'll find the following options in the menu \family sans Page -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Layout @@ -2972,7 +2972,7 @@ Portrait \family sans Two-sided -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset document @@ -3167,7 +3167,7 @@ Skip in the submenu \family sans Text -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Layout @@ -3204,7 +3204,7 @@ parindent}{Length} \begin_layout Standard where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -3216,7 +3216,7 @@ reference "cap:Units" . The default length is 30 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. @@ -3232,7 +3232,7 @@ You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph. \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Paragraph -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Settings @@ -3240,7 +3240,7 @@ Settings dialog and toggle the \family sans Indent -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Paragraph @@ -3289,7 +3289,7 @@ Document ! Settings dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu \family sans Text -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Layout. @@ -3519,7 +3519,7 @@ Standard LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however. Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -3975,7 +3975,7 @@ The after each name means that these headings are not numbered. They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the table of contents, see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -4054,11 +4054,11 @@ Document ! Settings Under \family sans Numbering -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset & -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset TOC @@ -4120,7 +4120,7 @@ LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings. \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Short -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Title @@ -4544,7 +4544,7 @@ You can nest lists of any type inside one another. is nested. If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest you read all of section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -4639,7 +4639,7 @@ LyX always shows the same symbol on screen. \begin_layout Itemize See section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -4744,7 +4744,7 @@ Document ! Settings Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth. We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -4926,7 +4926,7 @@ Enumerate \family default environments than we've stated here. You should read section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -5024,13 +5024,13 @@ C-Space Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator Protected -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space \family default , see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -5045,13 +5045,13 @@ reference "sub:Protected-Space" \begin_layout Description Second -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Example: This one shows how to use a \family sans Protected -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Blank @@ -5155,7 +5155,7 @@ List \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 item -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset labels LyX uses the first @@ -5188,7 +5188,7 @@ margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 label -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is @@ -5209,7 +5209,7 @@ extends \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 default -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all @@ -5226,7 +5226,7 @@ To change the default width, select all items in the list. \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Paragraph -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Settings @@ -5235,7 +5235,7 @@ Settings The text in the box \family sans Longest -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset label @@ -5263,7 +5263,7 @@ M as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of \family sans Longest -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset label @@ -5335,7 +5335,7 @@ List so on. They work just like the other list paragraph environments. Read section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -5365,7 +5365,7 @@ HFills HFills \family default later in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -5390,7 +5390,7 @@ List \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset Right One @@ -5402,11 +5402,11 @@ HFill \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset Center -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset One @@ -5438,7 +5438,7 @@ Address and \family sans Right -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address @@ -5455,7 +5455,7 @@ Address and \family sans Right -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address @@ -5470,7 +5470,7 @@ Address and \family sans Right -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address @@ -5488,7 +5488,7 @@ Address and \family sans Right -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address @@ -5497,7 +5497,7 @@ Address \family sans Right -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address @@ -5527,7 +5527,7 @@ Address Similarly, the \family sans Right -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address @@ -5557,7 +5557,7 @@ When is it? What is today? That was \family sans Right -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address @@ -5592,7 +5592,7 @@ Address and \family sans Right -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address @@ -5628,12 +5628,12 @@ C-Return or \family sans Formatting -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator Line -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Break @@ -5649,7 +5649,7 @@ Address or \family sans Right -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address @@ -5811,7 +5811,7 @@ book class, we can't do this. We inserted it therefore as figure -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -5916,7 +5916,7 @@ Bibliography \begin_layout Standard For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -5979,7 +5979,7 @@ Space key is treated as a \family sans Protected -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Blank @@ -6246,11 +6246,11 @@ You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other. Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select \family sans Increase -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset List -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Depth @@ -6258,11 +6258,11 @@ Depth or \family sans Decrease -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset List -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Depth @@ -6462,7 +6462,7 @@ Date \end_deeper \begin_layout Description Fully -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Nestable You can nest them. @@ -6535,7 +6535,7 @@ Standard \family sans Right -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address @@ -6557,7 +6557,7 @@ Caption \family sans Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Floats @@ -6565,7 +6565,7 @@ Floats and \family sans Figure -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Floats @@ -6632,7 +6632,7 @@ Float \end_inset Have a look at section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -7986,7 +7986,7 @@ Address and \family sans Right -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address @@ -8012,7 +8012,7 @@ Address and \family sans Right -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address @@ -8036,7 +8036,7 @@ Moosegroin, MT 00100 \begin_layout Address Dear Mr. -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Fizlewitz: @@ -8203,7 +8203,7 @@ Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator Protected \bar under -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -8247,7 +8247,7 @@ Horizontal Space \family default . The length units are listed in Appendix -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -8283,16 +8283,16 @@ Spaces ! Inter-word \begin_layout Standard Some languages (e. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. -\begin_inset Space \space{} +\begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -8357,16 +8357,16 @@ protected \begin_layout Quote D. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset E. Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. -\begin_inset Space \space{} +\begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset TeX. @@ -8379,7 +8379,7 @@ or between values and units. \end_inset 10 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset kg (thin space) @@ -8395,7 +8395,7 @@ You can insert thin spaces also with the menu Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator Thin -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space @@ -8424,11 +8424,11 @@ You can furthermore insert the following space types: \begin_layout Description Negative -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset thin -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset space A line with a @@ -8436,7 +8436,7 @@ space A line with a \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \negthinspace{} +\begin_inset space \negthinspace{} \end_inset @@ -8448,11 +8448,11 @@ space A line with a \begin_layout Description Enspace -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (0.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) A line with a @@ -8460,7 +8460,7 @@ em) A line with a \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \enskip{} +\begin_inset space \enskip{} \end_inset @@ -8468,7 +8468,7 @@ em) A line with a \end_inset Enspace (0.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) space between the arrows. @@ -8476,11 +8476,11 @@ em) space between the arrows. \begin_layout Description Quad -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) A line with a @@ -8488,7 +8488,7 @@ em) A line with a \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \quad{} +\begin_inset space \quad{} \end_inset @@ -8496,11 +8496,11 @@ em) A line with a \end_inset Quad -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) space between the arrows. @@ -8508,11 +8508,11 @@ em) space between the arrows. \begin_layout Description QQuad -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (2 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) A line with a @@ -8520,7 +8520,7 @@ em) A line with a \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \qquad{} +\begin_inset space \qquad{} \end_inset @@ -8528,11 +8528,11 @@ em) A line with a \end_inset QQuad -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (2 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) space between the arrows. @@ -8540,7 +8540,7 @@ em) space between the arrows. \begin_layout Description Custom -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset space A line with @@ -8548,7 +8548,7 @@ space A line with \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hspace{} +\begin_inset space \hspace{} \length 2cm \end_inset @@ -8557,7 +8557,7 @@ space A line with \end_inset 2 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm space between the arrows. @@ -8565,7 +8565,7 @@ cm space between the arrows. \begin_layout Standard Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -8649,7 +8649,7 @@ Normal \begin_layout Plain Layout 1/3 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em @@ -8673,7 +8673,7 @@ Protected \begin_layout Plain Layout 1/3 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em @@ -8697,7 +8697,7 @@ Thin \begin_layout Plain Layout 1/6 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em @@ -8721,7 +8721,7 @@ Negative thin \begin_layout Plain Layout -1/6 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em @@ -8736,7 +8736,7 @@ em \begin_layout Plain Layout Enspace (0.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) @@ -8749,7 +8749,7 @@ em) \begin_layout Plain Layout 0.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em @@ -8764,7 +8764,7 @@ em \begin_layout Plain Layout Quad (1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) @@ -8777,7 +8777,7 @@ em) \begin_layout Plain Layout 1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em @@ -8792,7 +8792,7 @@ em \begin_layout Plain Layout QQuad (2 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) @@ -8805,7 +8805,7 @@ em) \begin_layout Plain Layout 2 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em @@ -8861,7 +8861,7 @@ Here a few examples what you can do with them: \begin_layout Quote \noindent This is on the left side -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset This is on the right @@ -8870,11 +8870,11 @@ This is on the right \begin_layout Quote \noindent Left -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset Middle -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset Right @@ -8883,15 +8883,15 @@ Right \begin_layout Quote \noindent Left -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset 1/3 Left -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset Right @@ -8908,7 +8908,7 @@ Quote \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -8935,19 +8935,19 @@ List \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 one -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset two :three -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset four -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset five -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset six @@ -9047,7 +9047,7 @@ What is correct English?: \end_inset Mr. -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Edge would have been jumps the gun. @@ -9099,11 +9099,11 @@ So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase \end_inset Mr. -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Edge -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -9203,7 +9203,7 @@ To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator Vertical -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space @@ -9295,7 +9295,7 @@ status collapsed HFill \family default s are described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -9328,7 +9328,7 @@ s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page. Custom \family default are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -9474,7 +9474,7 @@ There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator New -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Page @@ -9485,7 +9485,7 @@ Page Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator Page -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Break @@ -9552,7 +9552,7 @@ You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator Clear -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Page @@ -9563,11 +9563,11 @@ Page Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator Clear -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Double -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Page @@ -9605,11 +9605,11 @@ Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator Ragged -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Line -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Break @@ -9624,11 +9624,11 @@ C-Return Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator Justified -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Line -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Break @@ -9652,7 +9652,7 @@ You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively set a linebreak, e.g. in a poem or for an address (see sections -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -9708,7 +9708,7 @@ In the dialog Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator Horizontal -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Line @@ -9750,7 +9750,7 @@ There are two types of fonts: \begin_layout Description Vector -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset fonts @@ -9794,7 +9794,7 @@ OpenType , and \family typewriter Type -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1 PostScript @@ -9804,7 +9804,7 @@ Type \begin_layout Description Bitmap -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset fonts @@ -9837,7 +9837,7 @@ Fonts ! Bitmap- Bitmap fonts are named \family typewriter Type -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 3 @@ -9928,7 +9928,7 @@ Document ! Settings font shapes roman (serif), \family sans sans -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset serif @@ -10003,7 +10003,7 @@ status collapsed This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in \family typewriter Adobe -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Reader @@ -10131,7 +10131,7 @@ rève \end_inset e + -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset ̀ @@ -10158,7 +10158,7 @@ Computer Modern , consists of these three main font types \family sans sans -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset serif @@ -10179,7 +10179,7 @@ serif : \family sans Times -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Roman @@ -10189,11 +10189,11 @@ Roman Helvetica \family default scaled to 92 or 95 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset % as sans -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset serif font, and @@ -10207,7 +10207,7 @@ courier The differences between roman, \family sans sans -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset serif @@ -10217,7 +10217,7 @@ serif typewriter \family default fonts are explained in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -10234,7 +10234,7 @@ reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the" The font \family sans Times -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Roman @@ -10245,7 +10245,7 @@ Roman Therefore \family sans Times -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Roman @@ -10301,14 +10301,14 @@ base size You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the \family sans Text -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style \family default dialog if needed. The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -10346,7 +10346,7 @@ Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator Preferences \family default dialog, see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -10426,7 +10426,7 @@ click on the toolbar button use the keybinding \family sans M-c -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset c @@ -10489,7 +10489,7 @@ clicking on the toolbar button using the keybindings \family sans M-c -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset e @@ -10531,7 +10531,7 @@ It's also a warning in addition to an example. You can always reset to the default font using the keybinding \family sans M-c -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space @@ -10540,7 +10540,7 @@ Space \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Text -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style @@ -10597,7 +10597,7 @@ To use custom character styles, open the \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Text -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style @@ -10608,7 +10608,7 @@ Style You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select \family sans No -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset change @@ -10627,7 +10627,7 @@ Reset The font properties, and their options (in addition to \family sans No -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset change @@ -10683,7 +10683,7 @@ mbox{ \family sans M-c -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset r @@ -10706,7 +10706,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line. It is explained in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -10729,7 +10729,7 @@ reference "sub:Hyphenation" \family sans Sans -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Serif @@ -10755,7 +10755,7 @@ mbox{ \family sans M-c -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset s @@ -10801,7 +10801,7 @@ mbox{ \family sans M-c -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset p @@ -10871,7 +10871,7 @@ mbox{ \family sans M-c -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset b @@ -10951,7 +10951,7 @@ This is the Slanted font shape \family sans Small -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Caps @@ -11015,7 +11015,7 @@ mbox{ \family sans M-s -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset t @@ -11047,7 +11047,7 @@ mbox{ \family sans M-s -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1 @@ -11101,7 +11101,7 @@ mbox{ \family sans M-s -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -11155,7 +11155,7 @@ mbox{ \family sans M-s -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset S @@ -11187,7 +11187,7 @@ mbox{ \family sans M-s -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -11241,7 +11241,7 @@ mbox{ \family sans M-s -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset s @@ -11273,7 +11273,7 @@ mbox{ \family sans M-s -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -11324,7 +11324,7 @@ mbox{ \family sans M-s -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset n @@ -11356,7 +11356,7 @@ mbox{ \family sans M-s -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -11410,7 +11410,7 @@ mbox{ \family sans M-s -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset l @@ -11442,7 +11442,7 @@ mbox{ \family sans M-s -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -11496,7 +11496,7 @@ mbox{ \family sans M-s -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset S-L @@ -11528,7 +11528,7 @@ mbox{ \family sans M-s -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -11582,7 +11582,7 @@ mbox{ \family sans M-s -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -11636,7 +11636,7 @@ mbox{ \family sans M-s -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset h @@ -11668,7 +11668,7 @@ mbox{ \family sans M-s -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -11722,7 +11722,7 @@ mbox{ \family sans M-s -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset H @@ -11754,7 +11754,7 @@ mbox{ \family sans M-s -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -11850,7 +11850,7 @@ mbox{ \family sans M-c -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset u @@ -11903,7 +11903,7 @@ Emph Normally it's equivalent to \family sans Small -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Caps @@ -11923,7 +11923,7 @@ Color Besides \family sans No -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset color @@ -11999,7 +11999,7 @@ So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from. \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Text -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style @@ -12021,7 +12021,7 @@ Style To completely reset the character style to the default, use \family sans M-c -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space @@ -12047,7 +12047,7 @@ bold ), set the \family sans Toggle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset all @@ -12068,7 +12068,7 @@ serif , \family sans sans -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset serif @@ -12148,7 +12148,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout For more on phantoms see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -12240,7 +12240,7 @@ Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation We cover these informations in much greater detail in the \emph on Extended -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Features @@ -12746,7 +12746,7 @@ dvips \begin_layout Description PDF -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (dvipdfm) This uses the program @@ -12759,7 +12759,7 @@ dvipdfm \begin_layout Description PDF -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) This uses the program @@ -12773,7 +12773,7 @@ pdftex We recommend to use \family sans PDF -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) @@ -12832,7 +12832,7 @@ C-d \family sans View\SpecialChar \menuseparator PDF -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) @@ -12914,7 +12914,7 @@ You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this You can set the parameters in the \family sans Print -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Destination @@ -12944,7 +12944,7 @@ dvips \family default has to be configured for this printer name. The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -13039,11 +13039,11 @@ em dash \begin_layout Enumerate hyphen -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset - -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset made with @@ -13063,11 +13063,11 @@ made with \begin_layout Enumerate en dash -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset -- -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset made with @@ -13100,11 +13100,11 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Enumerate em dash -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset --- -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset made with @@ -13150,7 +13150,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Enumerate minus sign -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -13158,7 +13158,7 @@ minus sign \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset a @@ -13214,7 +13214,7 @@ The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in \begin_layout Enumerate line- and page-breaks -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset ( @@ -13226,7 +13226,7 @@ hyphen \begin_layout Enumerate From A--Z -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset ( @@ -13238,7 +13238,7 @@ en dash \begin_layout Enumerate Oh --- there's a dash. -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset ( @@ -13253,7 +13253,7 @@ em dash \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset ( @@ -13313,11 +13313,11 @@ German and \family sans German -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (new -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset spelling) @@ -13356,7 +13356,7 @@ h3knix/m0n0wall Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator Hyphenation -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Point @@ -13417,7 +13417,7 @@ mbox \begin_layout Standard To learn more about ERT, have a look at section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -13536,13 +13536,13 @@ To fix this problem, use one of the following: Use an \family sans Inter-word -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space \family default after lowercase abbreviations (see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -13569,13 +13569,13 @@ Spaces ! inter-word Use a \family sans Thin -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space \family default between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -13602,15 +13602,15 @@ Spaces ! thin Use an \family sans End -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset sentence -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset period @@ -13619,7 +13619,7 @@ period \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Special -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Character @@ -13638,11 +13638,11 @@ With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this: \begin_layout Itemize e. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. -\begin_inset Space \space{} +\begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset this is too much space! @@ -13665,7 +13665,7 @@ For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors: \family sans Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator Check -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset TeX @@ -14107,7 +14107,7 @@ Dorffest. Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator Ligature -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Break. @@ -14368,7 +14368,7 @@ If you don't want to use proper names, e.g. \end_inset For more about ERT, look at section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -14413,7 +14413,7 @@ half space Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator Thin -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space @@ -14441,7 +14441,7 @@ Here's an example to show the differences: \begin_layout Plain Layout 24 -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset kW @@ -14469,7 +14469,7 @@ space between number and unit \begin_layout Plain Layout 24 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset kW @@ -14552,7 +14552,7 @@ Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading. There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page, or how you can tweak that behavior. Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -14563,7 +14563,7 @@ key "latexcompanion" \end_inset or -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -14624,7 +14624,7 @@ LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document: \begin_layout Description LyX -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output. @@ -14671,7 +14671,7 @@ This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files. \begin_layout Description Greyed -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Out This note will appear in the output as grey text. @@ -14742,7 +14742,7 @@ This is text in a note box that appears framed in the output. \end_inset In contrary to framed boxes like the one in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -14979,7 +14979,7 @@ Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX. \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Marginal -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Note @@ -15105,7 +15105,7 @@ Graphics The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling factor. The scaling units are explained in Appendix -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -15129,11 +15129,11 @@ Clipping \family sans Get -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset from -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset file @@ -15142,15 +15142,15 @@ file The option \family sans Clip -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset to -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset bounding -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset box @@ -15176,7 +15176,7 @@ Subfigure \family default option here if the image is inside a figure float. This option is explained in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -15190,7 +15190,7 @@ reference "sec:Figure-Floats" The option \family sans Draft -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset mode @@ -15223,7 +15223,7 @@ The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image. \begin_layout Standard If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put the image into a float, see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -15260,7 +15260,7 @@ name "sub:Image-Formats" \begin_layout Standard You can insert images in any known file format. But as we explained in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -15278,7 +15278,7 @@ Imagemagick in the background to convert the images to the right format. To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background, you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -15297,7 +15297,7 @@ Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats: \begin_layout Description Bitmap -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form. @@ -15475,7 +15475,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Description Scalable -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without @@ -15912,7 +15912,7 @@ You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which Additionally to the table dialog the \family sans table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset toolbar @@ -15920,11 +15920,11 @@ toolbar , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table properties. It is for example currently only possible to add -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset / -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset delete lines via the table toolbar. @@ -15934,7 +15934,7 @@ delete lines via the table toolbar. In the tab \family sans Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Settings @@ -15946,7 +15946,7 @@ Settings is given. A given width will allow the cell to have linebreaks and multiple paragraphs of text, see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -16123,7 +16123,7 @@ At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells. explained in the tables section of the \emph on Extended -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Features @@ -16199,11 +16199,11 @@ Longtables If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option \family sans Use -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset long -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset table @@ -16226,7 +16226,7 @@ Header except for the first page, if \family sans First -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset header @@ -16238,7 +16238,7 @@ header \family sans First -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset header @@ -16257,7 +16257,7 @@ Footer except for the last page, if \family sans Last -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset footer @@ -16269,7 +16269,7 @@ footer \family sans Last -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset footer @@ -16290,7 +16290,7 @@ empty In this context, first means first in this order: \family sans Footer, Last -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset footer, @@ -16302,7 +16302,7 @@ Header, \family sans First -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset header. @@ -18800,7 +18800,7 @@ Footnotes and \family sans Margin -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Notes @@ -18817,7 +18817,7 @@ Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout. , every float can be referenced in the text. Floats are therefore numbered. Referencing is described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -18838,11 +18838,11 @@ Floats \family default . A box with a caption that has e. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset the label @@ -18850,7 +18850,7 @@ the label \end_inset Figure -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset #: @@ -18928,7 +18928,7 @@ Figure \series bold Figure -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset #: @@ -18941,7 +18941,7 @@ Figure Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image. This is what we did for Figure -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -18955,7 +18955,7 @@ reference "cap:Platypus" If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end of the caption, press enter and insert the image. This was done in Figure -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -19057,7 +19057,7 @@ M.C. This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference to it. As described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -19100,24 +19100,12 @@ above \end_layout \begin_layout Standard -Normally one inserts only one image to a figure float, but sometimes you +Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you might want to use two images with separate subcaptions. - This can be done in the graphics dialog: Right-click on an image and go - to the tab -\family sans -Extra -\begin_inset Space ~ -\end_inset - -options -\family default - in the appearing dialog, use the option -\family sans -Subfigure -\family default -, and enter the subcaption for the image in the now enabled caption field. + This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats. + Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures. Figure -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -19129,6 +19117,21 @@ reference "cap:Two-distorted-images" is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side. You can also set the images one below the other. + Figure +\begin_inset space ~ +\end_inset + +?? and ?? are the subfigures. +\begin_inset Note Note +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout +Fix this when bug 4910 is fixed! +\end_layout + +\end_inset + + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -19138,7 +19141,7 @@ sideways false status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -19151,6 +19154,12 @@ status open \begin_inset Caption \begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "fig:Undefinable" + +\end_inset + Undefinable \end_layout @@ -19172,7 +19181,7 @@ Undefinable \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -19185,6 +19194,12 @@ status open \begin_inset Caption \begin_layout Plain Layout +\begin_inset CommandInset label +LatexCommand label +name "fig:Platypus" + +\end_inset + Platypus \end_layout @@ -19207,7 +19222,7 @@ Platypus \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -19240,17 +19255,17 @@ Two distorted images. Note that the caption is added to the \family sans List -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Figures \family default as described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -19295,7 +19310,7 @@ Table They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different label. Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -19559,7 +19574,7 @@ Algorithm LyX-Code \family default , described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -19596,7 +19611,7 @@ Note: \backslash floatname{algorithm}{your -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset name} @@ -19612,7 +19627,7 @@ Settings \series bold your -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset name @@ -19712,7 +19727,7 @@ wrap Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator Wrap -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Float @@ -19739,7 +19754,7 @@ status collapsed Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the \emph on LaTeX -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Configuration @@ -19752,7 +19767,7 @@ Configuration The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the float box. Figure -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -19763,7 +19778,7 @@ reference "cap:Wrapped-figure" \end_inset is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset col%. @@ -19772,7 +19787,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Available units are explained in Appendix -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -19859,7 +19874,7 @@ Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated. and use the option \family sans Rotate -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset sideways @@ -19881,7 +19896,7 @@ Embedded Objects \begin_layout Standard Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption format is also the same: Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -20034,7 +20049,7 @@ Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement The option \family sans Span -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset columns @@ -20048,13 +20063,13 @@ columns The option \family sans Rotate -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset sideways \family default is used to rotate floats, see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -20072,11 +20087,11 @@ You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option \family sans Use -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset default -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset placement @@ -20086,11 +20101,11 @@ placement \begin_layout Description Here -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset if -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted @@ -20098,11 +20113,11 @@ possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted \begin_layout Description Top -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset page: try to place the float on the top of the current page @@ -20110,11 +20125,11 @@ page: try to place the float on the top of the current page \begin_layout Description Bottom -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page @@ -20122,11 +20137,11 @@ page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page \begin_layout Description Page -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset floats: try to place the float on an own page @@ -20142,11 +20157,11 @@ always \family sans Here -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset if -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset possible @@ -20154,11 +20169,11 @@ possible , then \family sans Top -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset page @@ -20178,17 +20193,17 @@ By default, each options has its own rules: \family sans Top -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset page \family default only floats occupying less than 70 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset % of the page can be placed at the top of a page @@ -20198,17 +20213,17 @@ page \family sans Bottom -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset page \family default : only floats occupying less than 30 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page. @@ -20218,17 +20233,17 @@ page \family sans Page -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset floats \family default : only if more than 50 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together @@ -20240,11 +20255,11 @@ If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional option \family sans Ignore -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset LaTeX -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset rules @@ -20258,7 +20273,7 @@ Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed For this case you can use the option \family sans Here -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset definitely @@ -20319,7 +20334,7 @@ name "sec:Minipages" LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page, called minipage. Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc. -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset apply. @@ -20379,7 +20394,7 @@ If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use Horizontal Fills \family default as described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -20417,7 +20432,7 @@ This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text. \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -20565,7 +20580,7 @@ Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done with the \family sans math -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset toolbar @@ -20622,7 +20637,7 @@ alpha So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the \family sans Math -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Panel @@ -21003,7 +21018,7 @@ frac in the \family sans Math -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Panel @@ -21050,7 +21065,7 @@ Math ! Roots Roots can be created using the \family sans Math -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Panel @@ -21169,11 +21184,11 @@ M-m l Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator Change -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Limits -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Type @@ -21235,7 +21250,7 @@ lim \series default . Have a look at section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -21266,7 +21281,7 @@ Math ! Symbols Most math symbols can be found in the \family sans Math -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Panel @@ -21297,7 +21312,7 @@ If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use, you don't have to use the \family sans Math -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Panel @@ -21337,7 +21352,7 @@ C-Space or to use the \family sans Math -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Panel @@ -21430,7 +21445,7 @@ name "sub:Functions" The \family sans Math -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Panel @@ -21489,7 +21504,7 @@ Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function: \begin_layout Standard For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way that subscripts are placed, like described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -21547,7 +21562,7 @@ a \series default in a formula. Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -22177,7 +22192,7 @@ vec You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the \family sans Frame -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset decorations @@ -22234,7 +22249,7 @@ There are several brackets available through LyX. or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using \family sans Math -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Panel @@ -22275,7 +22290,7 @@ To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the If you use the option \family sans Keep -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset matched @@ -22412,7 +22427,7 @@ Math ! Multi-line Equations Matrices are entered in LyX using the \family sans Math -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Panel @@ -22435,7 +22450,7 @@ Panel \end_inset The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -22550,7 +22565,7 @@ There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases. Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator Cases -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Environment @@ -22657,7 +22672,7 @@ reference "eq:asquared" ). The other types are described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -22707,7 +22722,7 @@ To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator Toggle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Numbering @@ -22715,7 +22730,7 @@ Numbering or the shortcut \family sans M-m -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset n @@ -22752,7 +22767,7 @@ n Using \family sans M-m -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset n @@ -22767,15 +22782,15 @@ Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator Toggle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Numbering -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Line @@ -22783,7 +22798,7 @@ Line or the shortcut \family sans M-m -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset N @@ -22799,7 +22814,7 @@ N To number all lines use the shortcut \family sans M-m -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset n @@ -22863,7 +22878,7 @@ Every labeled line is automatically numbered. \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Cross -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Reference @@ -22887,7 +22902,7 @@ reference "eq:tanhExp" \begin_layout Standard The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -23011,11 +23026,11 @@ spce \end_inset Number -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Arguments @@ -23310,7 +23325,7 @@ The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman. To set a font in a formula, use the \family sans Math -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Panel @@ -23322,7 +23337,7 @@ Panel \end_inset , or enter its command, listed in table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -23748,7 +23763,7 @@ A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator Font -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Change @@ -23777,11 +23792,11 @@ Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but the entry \family sans Normal -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset text -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset mode @@ -23789,7 +23804,7 @@ mode of the \family sans Math -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Panel @@ -23803,7 +23818,7 @@ Panel (alternatively the shortcut \family sans M-m -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset m @@ -23925,7 +23940,7 @@ All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Text -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style @@ -24019,15 +24034,15 @@ Enabling AMS-Support Selecting the checkbox \family sans Use -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset AMS -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset math -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset package @@ -24050,7 +24065,7 @@ Document ! Settings dialog under \family sans Math -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Options @@ -24276,7 +24291,7 @@ enu:Second-item \begin_layout Standard Item -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24296,7 +24311,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24353,7 +24368,7 @@ reference "eq:tanhExp" \begin_layout Description : prints the page number: Page -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24368,11 +24383,11 @@ reference "cap:Two-distorted-images" \begin_layout Description on -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset page -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset : prints the text "on page" and the page number: @@ -24387,15 +24402,15 @@ reference "cap:Two-distorted-images" \begin_layout Description -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset on -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset page -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset : prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number: @@ -24411,7 +24426,7 @@ reference "cap:Two-distorted-images" \begin_layout Description Formatted -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format. @@ -24453,11 +24468,11 @@ Latex@LaTeX-packages ! prettyref Note that the style won't print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same, or the next page. You will e. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset see the text @@ -24503,7 +24518,7 @@ If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading, to reference a float, put the label in the caption. For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it. Referencing formulas is explained in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24520,11 +24535,11 @@ reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and" The button \family sans Go -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset to -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Label @@ -24533,7 +24548,7 @@ Label The button text changes then to \family sans Go -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Back @@ -24611,11 +24626,11 @@ The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Contents @@ -24635,7 +24650,7 @@ Navigate The TOC lists every numbered section automatically. If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24647,7 +24662,7 @@ reference "sec:Short-Titles" , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading. Section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24692,11 +24707,11 @@ Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents. \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator List -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset / -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset TOC @@ -24934,11 +24949,11 @@ Appendices are created with the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Start -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Appendix -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Here @@ -24960,7 +24975,7 @@ Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix, \begin_layout Standard Appendix -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24971,7 +24986,7 @@ reference "cha:Credits" \end_inset ; Appendix -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -25032,7 +25047,7 @@ BibTeX-database Bibliography \family default , described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -25250,7 +25265,7 @@ status collapsed \end_inset eX -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Bibliography @@ -25326,7 +25341,7 @@ status collapsed \end_inset eX -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset command @@ -25412,7 +25427,7 @@ You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference, \end_inset Chapter -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 3 @@ -25460,7 +25475,7 @@ An index entry is created if you use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Index -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Entry @@ -25512,16 +25527,16 @@ The index list is inserted to the document with the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator List -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset / -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator Index -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset List @@ -25579,7 +25594,7 @@ Lists \end_inset in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -25591,7 +25606,7 @@ reference "sub:Lists" . In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -25622,7 +25637,7 @@ Lists ! Enumerate \begin_layout Standard for the enumerated list in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -25678,7 +25693,7 @@ Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry. E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -25699,7 +25714,7 @@ Paragraph environments|( \begin_layout Standard and another entry at the end of section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -25783,7 +25798,7 @@ GIF \end_inset (in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -25840,7 +25855,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26054,14 +26069,14 @@ Dummy entries ! old-style page number:|oldstylenums \backslash command{page -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset number} \series default . Have a look at section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26110,7 +26125,7 @@ makeindex . It can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26245,7 +26260,7 @@ Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator N \family sans omenclature -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Entry @@ -26376,7 +26391,7 @@ Sigma \begin_layout Standard (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26393,7 +26408,7 @@ reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax" You cannot use the \family sans Text -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style @@ -26434,7 +26449,7 @@ textsf sets the fonts to \family sans sans -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset serif @@ -26566,7 +26581,7 @@ $ To control the sort order, you can edit the \family sans Sort -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset as @@ -26808,13 +26823,13 @@ nomrefpage \backslash nomnorefeq, -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \backslash nomnorefpage, -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26841,11 +26856,11 @@ To print the nomenclature, use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Lists -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset / -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator @@ -26931,7 +26946,7 @@ nomlabelwidth}{width} \family roman Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26943,7 +26958,7 @@ reference "cha:Units-available-in" . The default value is 1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm. @@ -27063,7 +27078,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -27230,7 +27245,7 @@ x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question {x_{1}}\answer {x_{2}}=1\question {+\sqrt{3}}\ans \begin_layout Standard Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -27694,7 +27709,7 @@ Latex@LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex as explained below, and turn on \family sans Instant -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset preview @@ -27707,11 +27722,11 @@ Preferences dialog under \family sans Look -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator @@ -27730,7 +27745,7 @@ not generated just by selecting the \family sans Instant -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset preview @@ -27743,7 +27758,7 @@ LyX will generate previews of math insets. It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the \family sans Show -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset preview @@ -27798,7 +27813,7 @@ You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts \family sans View\SpecialChar \menuseparator View -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Source @@ -27943,11 +27958,11 @@ It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally, But you can use the \family sans Find -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset & -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Replace @@ -27978,7 +27993,7 @@ Spellchecker \begin_layout Description Escape -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker @@ -27989,7 +28004,7 @@ characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker \begin_layout Description Personal -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice @@ -27998,11 +28013,11 @@ dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice \begin_layout Description Accept -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset compound -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words @@ -28019,11 +28034,11 @@ passthrough \begin_layout Description Use -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset input -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the @@ -28041,7 +28056,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout The encodings are explained in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -28194,12 +28209,12 @@ When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Change -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator Track -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Changes @@ -28220,11 +28235,11 @@ red canceled text You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under \family sans Look -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset feel @@ -28326,12 +28341,12 @@ The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Change -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator Track -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Changes @@ -28365,20 +28380,20 @@ Changes \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Change -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator Show -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Changes -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset in -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Output @@ -28439,12 +28454,12 @@ Jumps to the next change \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Change -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator Accept -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Change @@ -28478,12 +28493,12 @@ Change \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Change -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator Reject -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Change @@ -28517,12 +28532,12 @@ Change \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Change -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator Merge -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Changes @@ -28556,16 +28571,16 @@ Changes \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Change -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator Accept -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset All -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Changes @@ -28599,16 +28614,16 @@ Changes \family sans Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Change -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator Reject -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset All -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Changes @@ -28643,7 +28658,7 @@ Changes Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator LyX -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Note @@ -28677,7 +28692,7 @@ Note \family sans Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator Next -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Note @@ -28771,7 +28786,7 @@ key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew" \begin_layout Standard Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -28856,7 +28871,7 @@ use language's default encoding \family default is the preferred choice and works well in most cases. For details abhout the different encoding options see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -28880,7 +28895,7 @@ If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap. The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings, see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -28922,7 +28937,7 @@ name "sec:keytab" \begin_layout Standard Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -33463,7 +33478,7 @@ ISO8859--1 \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset diaeresis @@ -33471,7 +33486,7 @@ diaeresis \begin_layout Standard ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset circumflex @@ -33479,7 +33494,7 @@ circumflex \begin_layout Standard ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset grave @@ -33487,7 +33502,7 @@ grave \begin_layout Standard ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset acute @@ -33495,7 +33510,7 @@ acute \begin_layout Standard ~ Ã Ñ Õ ã ñ õ -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset tilde @@ -33503,7 +33518,7 @@ tilde \begin_layout Standard ¸Çç -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset cedilla @@ -33511,7 +33526,7 @@ cedilla \begin_layout Standard ¯ -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset macron @@ -33533,7 +33548,7 @@ ISO8859--2 \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard ĤĴĥĵĈĜŜĉĝŝ -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset circumflex @@ -33541,7 +33556,7 @@ circumflex \begin_layout Standard ŚŹśźŔĹĆŃŕĺćń -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset acute @@ -33549,7 +33564,7 @@ acute \begin_layout Standard Ĩı̃Ũũ -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset tilde @@ -33557,7 +33572,7 @@ tilde \begin_layout Standard ŞşŢţŖĻĢŗļģŅĶņķ -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset cedilla @@ -33565,7 +33580,7 @@ cedilla \begin_layout Standard ĒēĀĪŌŪāı̄ōū -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset macron @@ -33573,7 +33588,7 @@ macron \begin_layout Standard ŐŰőű -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset Hungarian umlaut @@ -33711,7 +33726,7 @@ Version Control in LyX of the \emph on Extended -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Features @@ -33733,11 +33748,11 @@ You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain When using the menu \family sans Plain -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Text, Join -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Lines @@ -33769,7 +33784,7 @@ You can export your document to various file formats. \begin_layout Standard Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -33786,7 +33801,7 @@ reference "sub:Output-file-formats" \family sans CJK -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset LyX @@ -33810,11 +33825,11 @@ HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't \begin_layout Description HTML -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (MS -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to @@ -33844,7 +33859,7 @@ status collapsed \end_inset eX -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) @@ -33872,7 +33887,7 @@ status collapsed \end_inset eX -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (plain) @@ -33888,7 +33903,7 @@ latex \begin_layout Description LyX -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x ( @@ -33934,7 +33949,7 @@ ps2pdf \family sans PDF -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (dvipdfm) @@ -33948,7 +33963,7 @@ dvipdfm \family sans PDF -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) @@ -33962,7 +33977,7 @@ pdflatex \family sans Plain -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset text @@ -33974,11 +33989,11 @@ text \family sans Plain -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset text -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ps2ascii) @@ -34030,7 +34045,7 @@ DVI , \family sans PDF -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) @@ -34041,7 +34056,7 @@ Postscript \family default is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation. After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -34088,7 +34103,7 @@ dvips \family default . For more informations have a look at section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -34130,7 +34145,7 @@ Undo and Redo \begin_layout Standard Described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -34149,7 +34164,7 @@ Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special \begin_layout Standard Described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -34176,7 +34191,7 @@ Find & Replace \begin_layout Standard Described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -34204,7 +34219,7 @@ Text Style \begin_layout Standard Described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -34248,7 +34263,7 @@ Settings dialog under \family sans Text -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Layout @@ -34264,7 +34279,7 @@ Tabular and Math These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula. The properties of this table/formula can now be changed. The properties of tables are described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -34275,7 +34290,7 @@ reference "sec:Tables" \end_inset , the properties of formulas in chapter -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -34296,7 +34311,7 @@ Increase / Decrease List Depth These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can be nested. They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -34340,7 +34355,7 @@ View The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured. All possible formats are formats listed in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -34358,7 +34373,7 @@ DVI and \family sans PDF -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) @@ -34366,7 +34381,7 @@ PDF . If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation. After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -34392,7 +34407,7 @@ Reconfiguration of LyX \begin_layout Standard Invoking a menu will start a viewer program. The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -34424,7 +34439,7 @@ View Source \begin_layout Standard Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -34472,7 +34487,7 @@ In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars. All toolbars and the \family sans Command -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Buffer @@ -34494,7 +34509,7 @@ Table , \family sans Math -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Panels @@ -34532,7 +34547,7 @@ automatic \begin_layout Standard LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -34565,7 +34580,7 @@ Math \begin_layout Standard Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -34600,15 +34615,15 @@ Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_layout Description End -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -34623,7 +34638,7 @@ reference "sub:Abbreviations" \begin_layout Description Ordinary -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Quote Inserts this quote: @@ -34644,7 +34659,7 @@ Language \begin_layout Description Single -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Quote Inserts this quote: @@ -34656,7 +34671,7 @@ Quote Inserts this quote: \begin_layout Description Menu -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator @@ -34665,7 +34680,7 @@ Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator \begin_layout Description Phonetic -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Symbols @@ -34764,11 +34779,11 @@ Subscript Inserts an subscript: test \begin_layout Description Protected -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -34783,11 +34798,11 @@ reference "sub:Protected-Space" \begin_layout Description Inter-word -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -34802,11 +34817,11 @@ reference "sub:Inter-word-Space" \begin_layout Description Thin -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -34821,11 +34836,11 @@ reference "sub:Thin-Space" \begin_layout Description Horizontal -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -34840,11 +34855,11 @@ reference "sub:Horizontal-Space" \begin_layout Description Horizontal -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -34859,11 +34874,11 @@ reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines" \begin_layout Description Vertical -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space Inserts vertical space, see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -34878,11 +34893,11 @@ reference "sub:Vertical-Space" \begin_layout Description Hyphenation -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -34897,11 +34912,11 @@ reference "sub:Hyphenation" \begin_layout Description Ligature -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Break Inserts a ligature break, see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -34916,11 +34931,11 @@ reference "sub:Ligatures" \begin_layout Description Line -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Break Inserts a forced linebreak, see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -34935,11 +34950,11 @@ reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks" \begin_layout Description Page -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Break Inserts a forced pagebreak, described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -34954,11 +34969,11 @@ reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks" \begin_layout Description Clear -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Page Inserts a clear pagebreak, described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -34973,15 +34988,15 @@ reference "sub:Clear-Pages" \begin_layout Description Clear -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Double -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -35002,7 +35017,7 @@ List / TOC Various lists can be inserted with this menu. The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -35014,7 +35029,7 @@ reference "sec:toc" . The index list is described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -35025,7 +35040,7 @@ reference "sec:Index" \end_inset , the nomenclature in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -35036,7 +35051,7 @@ reference "sec:Nomenclature" \end_inset , and the BibTeX bibliography in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -35055,7 +35070,7 @@ Float \begin_layout Standard To insert floats, described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -35074,7 +35089,7 @@ Note \begin_layout Standard To insert notes, described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -35093,7 +35108,7 @@ Branch \begin_layout Standard Inserts branch insets as described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -35149,7 +35164,7 @@ Boxes \begin_layout Standard Inserts a minipage box that is described section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -35177,7 +35192,7 @@ Citation \begin_layout Standard Inserts a citation as described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -35196,7 +35211,7 @@ Cross-Reference \begin_layout Standard Inserts a cross-reference as described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -35215,7 +35230,7 @@ Label \begin_layout Standard Inserts a label as described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -35255,7 +35270,7 @@ Longtables ! Caption \begin_layout Standard Inserts a caption to floats or longtables. Floats are described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -35282,7 +35297,7 @@ Index Entry \begin_layout Standard Inserts an index entry as described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -35301,7 +35316,7 @@ Nomenclature Entry \begin_layout Standard Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -35321,7 +35336,7 @@ Table \begin_layout Standard Inserts a table. Tables are described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -35341,7 +35356,7 @@ Graphics \begin_layout Standard Inserts a graphic. Graphics are described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -35360,7 +35375,7 @@ URL \begin_layout Standard Inserts an URL box as described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -35379,7 +35394,7 @@ Footnote \begin_layout Standard Inserts a footnote, see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -35398,7 +35413,7 @@ Marginal Note \begin_layout Standard Inserts a marginal note, see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -35417,7 +35432,7 @@ Short Title \begin_layout Standard Inserts a short title, see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -35436,7 +35451,7 @@ TeX Code \begin_layout Standard Inserts an ERT box, see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -35530,39 +35545,39 @@ With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks. This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have to jump e.g. between section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2.5 and 6.3. To create bookmarks for this example, go to section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2.5 and use the menu \family sans Save -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Bookmark -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1 \family default . Then go to section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 6.3 and use \family sans Save -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Bookmark -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -35624,7 +35639,7 @@ Change Tracking \begin_layout Standard Change Tracking is described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -35673,7 +35688,7 @@ Outline \begin_layout Standard Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -35693,7 +35708,7 @@ Start Appendix Here \begin_layout Standard This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor position as described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -35762,7 +35777,7 @@ Document Class \begin_layout Standard Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver. Document classes are described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -35788,7 +35803,7 @@ Fonts \begin_layout Standard The document font settings are described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -35833,7 +35848,7 @@ Page Layout \begin_layout Standard A description of this menu is given in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -35859,7 +35874,7 @@ Page Margins \begin_layout Standard Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -35971,7 +35986,7 @@ Here is a list with the important encodings: \begin_layout Description LaTeX -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset default Same as @@ -36180,7 +36195,7 @@ Numbering & TOC \begin_layout Standard You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -36228,7 +36243,7 @@ Latex@LaTeX-packages ! jurabib . For a further description see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -36320,7 +36335,7 @@ Bullets \begin_layout Standard Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels. The itemize environment is described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -36339,7 +36354,7 @@ Branches \begin_layout Standard Branches are described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -36377,7 +36392,7 @@ In this text field are entered commands to load special Latex@LaTeX-packages \begin_layout Standard An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -36410,7 +36425,7 @@ Spellchecker \begin_layout Standard Spell checking is explained in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -36429,7 +36444,7 @@ Thesaurus \begin_layout Standard The thesaurus is described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -36529,7 +36544,7 @@ Reconfiguration of LyX This menu reconfigures LyX. That means LyX looks for Latex@LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -36584,14 +36599,14 @@ This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's The menu \family sans LaTeX -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Configuration \family default shows a LyX-document with informations about the Latex@LaTeX-packages and classes found by LyX (see also section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -36617,7 +36632,7 @@ name "sec:Toolbars" \begin_layout Standard How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -37082,11 +37097,11 @@ Paste \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Find -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset & -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Replace @@ -37119,7 +37134,7 @@ Emphasize text, function of the Edit \family sans \SpecialChar \menuseparator Text -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style @@ -37154,7 +37169,7 @@ Set text to noun style, function of the Edit \family sans \SpecialChar \menuseparator Text -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style @@ -37189,7 +37204,7 @@ Formats text using the current settings in the \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Text -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style @@ -37225,7 +37240,7 @@ Style Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator Inline -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Formula @@ -37594,11 +37609,11 @@ Description list \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Increase -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset List -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Depth @@ -37632,11 +37647,11 @@ Depth \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Decrease -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset List -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Depth @@ -37816,7 +37831,7 @@ Citation \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Index -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Entry @@ -37849,7 +37864,7 @@ Entry \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Nomenclature -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Entry @@ -37912,7 +37927,7 @@ Footnote \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Marginal -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Note @@ -37946,7 +37961,7 @@ Note Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator LyX -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Note @@ -38082,7 +38097,7 @@ eX Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator File\SpecialChar \menuseparator Child -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Document @@ -38116,7 +38131,7 @@ Document \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Text -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style @@ -38150,7 +38165,7 @@ Style \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator Paragraph -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Settings @@ -38457,7 +38472,7 @@ Other Toolbars \begin_layout Standard The change tracking toolbar is explained in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -38784,7 +38799,7 @@ XEmacs mac.bind set of bindings for \family sans Mac -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset OS @@ -38874,11 +38889,11 @@ Session When the option \family sans Save -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset / -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset restore window size, or use fixed size @@ -38891,11 +38906,11 @@ restore window size, or use fixed size With the option \family sans Save -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset / -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset restore window position @@ -38959,7 +38974,7 @@ Maximum last files \family sans File\SpecialChar \menuseparator Open -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Recent @@ -38995,7 +39010,7 @@ Enable Pixmap Cache So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over aesthetics. Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset OS and Windows. @@ -39071,7 +39086,7 @@ Helvetica (depends on the system) as \family sans sans -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset serif @@ -39103,15 +39118,15 @@ Screen DPI is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch). The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points. 72 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset points have the size of 1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset inch, see Appendix -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -39135,7 +39150,7 @@ Font Sizes pt would be used. The sizes are explained in detail in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -39206,7 +39221,7 @@ Instant Preview \family default enables previewing snippets of your document. This feature is described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -39254,11 +39269,11 @@ name "sub:Keyboard-Map" Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system. For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps. If you have e. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you @@ -39312,7 +39327,7 @@ Settings ! Directory \begin_layout Description Working -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset directory This is LyX's working directory. @@ -39327,7 +39342,7 @@ Save or \family sans Save -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset as @@ -39337,18 +39352,18 @@ as \begin_layout Description Document -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu \family sans File\SpecialChar \menuseparator New -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset from -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Template @@ -39358,7 +39373,7 @@ Template \begin_layout Description Backup -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset directory @@ -39373,7 +39388,7 @@ Backup ! Directory Backup copies will be saved to this directory. When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -39438,7 +39453,7 @@ Note: \begin_layout Description Temporary -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory. @@ -39446,7 +39461,7 @@ directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory. \begin_layout Description PATH -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs. @@ -39455,11 +39470,11 @@ prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs. The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it. On Unix -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset / -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external @@ -39475,7 +39490,7 @@ Identity Here you can insert your name and email address. The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -39518,7 +39533,7 @@ Language \begin_layout Description Default -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset language is the language used in new documents @@ -39526,7 +39541,7 @@ language is the language used in new documents \begin_layout Description Language -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language @@ -39547,7 +39562,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -39585,7 +39600,7 @@ Table \begin_layout Description Command -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document @@ -39623,7 +39638,7 @@ selectlanguage{$$lang} \begin_layout Description Command -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset end Counterpart to @@ -39637,7 +39652,7 @@ Command start \begin_layout Description Use -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset babel Whether @@ -39660,7 +39675,7 @@ babel \begin_layout Description Auto -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document @@ -39668,7 +39683,7 @@ begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document When this option is not set, the \family sans Command -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset start @@ -39677,7 +39692,7 @@ start This assures that the correct language is used when you use another \family sans Command -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset start @@ -39687,13 +39702,13 @@ start \begin_layout Description Auto -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset end Counterpart to \family sans Auto -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset begin @@ -39702,7 +39717,7 @@ begin When it is not set, the \family sans Command -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset end @@ -39712,11 +39727,11 @@ end \begin_layout Description Mark -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset foreign -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document @@ -39725,19 +39740,19 @@ languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document \begin_layout Description Right -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset to -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset left -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset language -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic, @@ -39750,7 +39765,7 @@ Spellchecker \begin_layout Standard The spellchecker settings are explained in section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -39800,7 +39815,7 @@ Settings ! Printer \begin_layout Description Default -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer. @@ -39832,15 +39847,15 @@ Note: \begin_layout Description Adapt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset output -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset to -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset printer This option works only for the @@ -39866,15 +39881,15 @@ dvips \begin_layout Description Printer -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset command is the command LyX -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset / -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset LaTeX uses for printing. @@ -39887,11 +39902,11 @@ dvips \begin_layout Description Printer -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Command -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Options Here you can specify printer options. @@ -39964,11 +39979,11 @@ Plain Text \begin_layout Description Output -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset line -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using @@ -39977,7 +39992,7 @@ length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using File\SpecialChar \menuseparator Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator Plain -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset text @@ -39989,7 +40004,7 @@ text \begin_layout Description roff -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables @@ -40046,7 +40061,7 @@ status collapsed \end_inset X -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset encoding This is the default encoding of the document font. @@ -40096,11 +40111,11 @@ T1, T2B \begin_layout Description Default -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset paper -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset size This is the paper size that is used for new documents. @@ -40113,27 +40128,27 @@ Default \begin_layout Description Reset -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset class -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset options -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset when -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset document -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset classes -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset changes Removes all manually set document class options in the @@ -40168,7 +40183,7 @@ status collapsed \end_inset X -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset command Command for the program @@ -40199,7 +40214,7 @@ status collapsed \end_inset X -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset command Command for the program @@ -40207,7 +40222,7 @@ command Command for the program BibTeX \family default that generates the bibliography, see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -40222,11 +40237,11 @@ reference "sub:Bibliography-databases" \begin_layout Description Index -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset command Command for the program that generates the index, see section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -40241,19 +40256,19 @@ reference "sub:Index-Program" \begin_layout Description DVI -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset viewer -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset paper -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset size -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset options They only have an effect when the program @@ -40341,7 +40356,7 @@ Converter and/or \family sans Extra -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset flag @@ -40355,7 +40370,7 @@ Modify in the \family sans From -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset format @@ -40432,7 +40447,7 @@ Format and \family sans GUI -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset name @@ -40657,11 +40672,11 @@ pt \begin_layout Plain Layout point (72.27 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt = 1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset in) @@ -40685,11 +40700,11 @@ pc \begin_layout Plain Layout pica (1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pc = 12 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt) @@ -40713,11 +40728,11 @@ sp \begin_layout Plain Layout scaled point (65536 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset sp = 1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt) @@ -40741,11 +40756,11 @@ bp \begin_layout Plain Layout big point (72 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset bp = 1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset in) @@ -40769,7 +40784,7 @@ dd \begin_layout Plain Layout didot (72 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset dd @@ -40777,7 +40792,7 @@ dd \end_inset 37.6 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mm) @@ -40801,11 +40816,11 @@ cc \begin_layout Plain Layout cicero (1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cc = 12 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset dd) @@ -41017,11 +41032,11 @@ mu \begin_layout Plain Layout math unit (1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mu = 1/18 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) diff --git a/lib/doc/de/EmbeddedObjects.lyx b/lib/doc/de/EmbeddedObjects.lyx index 938dd19d83..feabed440c 100644 --- a/lib/doc/de/EmbeddedObjects.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/de/EmbeddedObjects.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -#LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 334 +#LyX 1.6.0beta2 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 335 \begin_document \begin_header \textclass scrbook @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ Grafik Hier können Sie eine Grafik-Datei auswählen und ihr Aussehen in der druckbaren Version festlegen. Die für die Bildgröße verfügbaren Einheiten werden im Anhang -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ Sie können Abbildungen durch Angabe eines Winkel \family default -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ Abbildungen können in der Größe verändert werden, indem man Prozentwerte Um das zu vermeiden, sollten Sie \family sans Seitenverhältnis -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset beibehalten @@ -563,11 +563,11 @@ Grafik Wenn Sie auf \family sans Lese -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset aus -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Datei @@ -576,11 +576,11 @@ Datei Die Option \family sans Auf -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Begrenzungsbox -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset zuschneiden @@ -600,11 +600,11 @@ Ausschnitt \family sans LaTeX- -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset und -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset LyX-Optionen @@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ LyX-Optionen festlegen, ob die Abbildung ein Teil einer gleitenden Abbildung mit eigener Beschriftung sein soll. Teilabbildungen werden in Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -643,15 +643,15 @@ angekreuzt, wird nur ein Rahmen in der Größe der Abbildung mit dem Dateinamen Die Option \family sans Beim -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Exportieren -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset nicht -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset entpacken @@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ x.eps.gz Gepackte EPS-Dateien sparen Platz, wenn Sie als Ausgebe-Format PostScript wählen, siehe Anhang -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -719,7 +719,7 @@ status open \begin_layout Plain Layout Abbildungsformate sind in Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -834,7 +834,7 @@ Abbildung In das rot umrahmte Feld rechts von \emph on Abbildung -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Nr: @@ -843,7 +843,7 @@ Nr: Nach einem Klick oberhalb oder unterhalb von \emph on Abbildung -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Nr: @@ -856,7 +856,7 @@ reference "abb:kill-plat" \end_inset oberhalb oder wie Abbildung -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -868,7 +868,7 @@ reference "abb:escher" unterhalb der Bildbeschriftung einfügen. Näheres über Bildbeschriftungen erfahren Sie in Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -979,7 +979,7 @@ Abbildungen ! Beispiele \end_inset Abbildung -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -1042,7 +1042,7 @@ oben \emph default sein. Verweise werden detailliert in Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -1057,75 +1057,41 @@ reference "abs:Auf-Gleitobjekte-verweisen" \begin_layout Standard Normalerweise wird eine Gleitabbildung nur aus einem Bild bestehen, aber - manchmal benötigt man mehrere Bilder mit unterschiedlichen Beschriftungen - nebeneinander. - Das erreicht man mit der Karteikarte -\family sans -LaTe -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - -{} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -X- -\begin_inset Space ~ -\end_inset - -und -\begin_inset Space ~ -\end_inset - -LyX-Optionen -\family default - des -\family sans -Grafik -\family default --Dialoges. - Kreuzen Sie dort -\family sans -Teilabbildung -\family default - an und geben die Beschriftung des Bildes im Feld -\family sans -Legende -\family default - ein. + manchmal benötigt man mehrere Bilder mit unterschiedlichen Beschriftungen. + Das erreicht man, indem man weitere Gleitabbildungen in eine bestehende + Gleitabbildung einfügt. Beachten Sie, dass im Abbildungsverzeichnis nur die Hauptbeschriftung erscheint. - Verweise auf Teilabbildungen werden in Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ + Abbildung +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref -reference "uab:Auf-Teilabbildungen-verweisen" +reference "abb:Zwei-Teilabbildungen" \end_inset - beschrieben. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Abbildung -\begin_inset Space ~ + ist ein Beispiel für eine Gleitabbildung mit zwei Teilabbildungen nebeneinander. + Sie können die Bilder auch untereinander setzen, indem Sie nach der ersten + Gleitabbildung auf Eingabe drücken. + Abbildung +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset +?? und ?? sind die Teilabbildungen. +\begin_inset Note Note +status open + +\begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "abb:Zwei-Teilabbildungen" +\lang english +Fix this when bug 4910 is fixed! +\end_layout \end_inset - ist ein Beispiel für eine Gleitabbildung mit zwei Teilabbildungen nebeneinander -- Sie können sie auch untereinander setzen, indem Sie nach dem ersten Bild - auf Eingabe drücken. + \end_layout \begin_layout Standard @@ -1135,7 +1101,7 @@ sideways false status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -1172,7 +1138,7 @@ M. \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -1208,7 +1174,7 @@ status open \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -1261,7 +1227,7 @@ Abbildungen ! Bildformate \begin_layout Standard Sie können Bilder in jedem bekannten Dateiformat einfügen. Aber wie in Anhang -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -1282,7 +1248,7 @@ reference "kap:Ausgabedatei-Formate" Dazu sollten Sie nur Bildformate benutzen, die direkt in die Ausgabe eingefügt werden können. Diese Formate werden in Anhang -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -1675,7 +1641,7 @@ Tabelle \family default einfügen. Wenn Sie auf den Werkzeugleistenknopf klicken, sehen Sie eine 5×5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -Tabelle. @@ -1984,7 +1950,7 @@ Tabellen-Einstellungen Hier können Sie die \family sans Horizontale -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Ausrichtung @@ -2001,7 +1967,7 @@ Spaltenbreite festgelegt haben, können Sie auch eine \family sans Vertikale -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Ausrichtung @@ -2009,7 +1975,7 @@ Ausrichtung der momentanen Zeile wählen. Bei einer festen Spaltenbreite können Zellen Zeilenumbrüche und mehrere Absätze haben, wie in Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2030,7 +1996,7 @@ Außerdem können Sie mehrere Zellen einer Zeile markieren und die Auswahl Mehrfachspalte \family default definieren, wie in Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2116,7 +2082,7 @@ Wenn Sie die Stil-Option Formal \family default benutzen, wird die Tabelle in eine formale Tabelle, wie in Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2131,7 +2097,7 @@ reference "abs:Formale-Tabellen" \end_inset Hier können Sie auch zusätzliche Abstände für Zeilen festlegen, wie in Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2148,7 +2114,7 @@ reference "uab:Zeilenabstand" \family sans Lange -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tabelle @@ -2156,14 +2122,14 @@ Tabelle Hier kann eine Tabelle als \family sans Lange -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tabelle \family default definiert werden, die über mehrere Seiten reicht. Die Abschnitte -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2516,11 +2482,11 @@ Tabelle , \family sans Zeilen -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset & -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Spalten @@ -2567,7 +2533,7 @@ Tabellen ! gleitende \begin_layout Standard Allgemeine Erklärungen über Gleitobjekte finden Sie in Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2825,7 +2791,7 @@ Tabelle In das rot umrahmte Feld rechts von \emph on Tabelle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Nr: @@ -2834,7 +2800,7 @@ Nr: Nach einem Klick oberhalb oder unterhalb von \emph on Tabelle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Nr: @@ -2858,7 +2824,7 @@ Tabelle \begin_layout Standard Tabelle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2911,7 +2877,7 @@ status open \begin_layout Plain Layout Näheres finden Sie im Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2941,7 +2907,7 @@ Das Paket caption \series default , das in Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2996,7 +2962,7 @@ Querverweis verweisen. Verweise werden detailliert in Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -3039,7 +3005,7 @@ Tabellen-Einstellungen auf der Karteikarte \family sans Lange -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tabelle @@ -3047,11 +3013,11 @@ Tabelle die Option \family sans Lange -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tabelle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset verwenden @@ -5243,7 +5209,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Die Bedeutung diese Befehle finden Sie in der Bemerkung 1 von Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -5286,7 +5252,7 @@ Tabellen ! lange ! Fußnoten Fußnoten kann man in jede Zelle einer langen Tabelle einfügen. Sie werden auf der Seite erscheinen, auf der auch die Zelle gedruckt wird. Tabelle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -5346,7 +5312,7 @@ LTleft}{Wert} \begin_layout Standard Wobei der Wert eine der in Tabelle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -5389,7 +5355,7 @@ Die folgende lange Tabelle wurde links ausgerichtet, indem LTleft \series default auf den Wert 0 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt gesetzt wurde. @@ -5703,7 +5669,7 @@ name "uab:Titel-für-lange" Eine \family sans lange -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tabelle @@ -5725,7 +5691,7 @@ Weil LyX das noch nicht völlig unterstützt, muss man ein wenig tricksen: Erstellen Sie eine \family sans lange -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tabelle @@ -5801,7 +5767,7 @@ Ein Kurztitel wird anstatt der richtigen Beschriftung im Tabellenverzeichnis Hier ist eine kleine \family sans lange -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tabelle @@ -5829,7 +5795,7 @@ Tabelle Eine \family sans lange -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tabelle @@ -6145,7 +6111,7 @@ status open \series bold Bemerkung -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1: @@ -6153,24 +6119,24 @@ Bemerkung Die Tabellennummer wird für jede \family sans lange -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tabelle \family default erhöht, auch wenn Sie keinen Titel vergeben. Deshalb könnte es passieren, dass zum Beispiel Tabelle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2.4 auf Tabelle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2.1 im Tabellenverzeichnis folgt, wenn dazwischen zwei \family sans lange -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tabellen @@ -6179,7 +6145,7 @@ Tabellen Um das zu vermeiden, können Sie hinter jede \family sans lange -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tabelle @@ -6208,7 +6174,7 @@ status open \series bold Bemerkung -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2: @@ -6230,7 +6196,7 @@ LaTeX-Pakete ! hyperref für Querverweise benutzen, wird der Verweis auf eine \family sans lange -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tabelle @@ -6251,7 +6217,7 @@ Tabelle Querverweise auf \family sans lange -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tabelle @@ -6289,7 +6255,7 @@ Tabellen ! lange ! Querverweis \family sans Lange -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tabelle @@ -6594,7 +6560,7 @@ asd Damit auf eine \family sans lange -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tabelle @@ -6621,7 +6587,7 @@ tab: \begin_layout Standard Dies ist ein Verweis auf Tabelle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -6650,7 +6616,7 @@ LaTeX-Pakete ! caption \end_inset , siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -6690,7 +6656,7 @@ LTcapwidth \series default definiert. Ihr Standardwert ist 4 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Zoll ( @@ -6698,7 +6664,7 @@ Zoll ( \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm). @@ -6722,7 +6688,7 @@ wobei Breite \family default eine der in Anhang -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -7089,19 +7055,19 @@ LTcapwidth}{5cm} \begin_layout Plain Layout Langer Titel mit 5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm Breite, Langer Titel mit 5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm Breite, Langer Titel mit 5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm Breite, Langer Titel mit 5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm Breite @@ -7110,7 +7076,7 @@ status open \begin_layout Plain Layout Titel mit 5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm Breite @@ -7458,7 +7424,7 @@ LaTeX-Pakete ! caption verwendet wird, so wie in diesem Dokument, wird die ganze Seitenbreite für die Beschriftung verwendet, wenn Sie den voreingestellten Wert von 4 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Zoll für @@ -7469,21 +7435,21 @@ LTcapwidth \series default benutzen. Um in diesem Fall eine genau a 4 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Zoll breite Beschriftung zu erhalten, können Sie entweder einen leicht von 4 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Zoll veränderten Wert wie z. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset B. 3.99 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Zoll verwenden oder den LaTeX-Befehl @@ -7531,7 +7497,7 @@ Kurztitel in eine leere Legende-Zeile, die als \family sans Erste -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Kopfzeile @@ -7572,14 +7538,14 @@ Legende den Titel der \family sans Ersten -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Kopfzeile \family default eingefügt werden. Tabelle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -7592,7 +7558,7 @@ reference "tab:DiffCaptions" ist ein Beispiel für eine \family sans lange -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tabelle @@ -9602,7 +9568,7 @@ Tabellen ! lange ! und Gleitobjekte Es kann Probleme geben, wenn sich auf derselben Seite, auf der eine \family sans lange -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tabelle @@ -9611,7 +9577,7 @@ Tabelle Um das zu vermeiden, können Sie vor der \family sans langen -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tabelle @@ -9749,7 +9715,7 @@ Hinter dem als TeX-Code einfügen wie Spalten vor der momentanen Spalte sind. In Tabelle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -9795,7 +9761,7 @@ Die Wenn die Fußzeile Ihrer \family sans langen -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tabelle @@ -11311,7 +11277,7 @@ i Wenn Sie für eine Spalte eine feste Breite definieren, können Sie Text als Absätze mit mehrfachen Zeilen und Silbentrennung eingeben. Tabelle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -11326,12 +11292,12 @@ reference "tab:Table-with-multiple" Tabellen-Einstellungen \family default -Dialog auf 2.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm gesetzt und die vertikalen und horizontalen Ausrichtungen zentriert. Weil unser Text schmaler als 2.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm ist, würde er in einer Zeile gedruckt werden. @@ -11351,7 +11317,7 @@ Um den Text der beiden anderen Zellen der ersten Zeile vertikal auszurichten, Tabellen-Einstellungen \family default -Dialog auf 0.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm und die vertikale Ausrichtung auf zentriert. @@ -11363,13 +11329,13 @@ Wenn Sie in einer Zelle mit fester Breite als erstes ein sehr langes Wort Wenn Sie LaTeX trotzdem die Trennung überlassen wollen, müssen Sie vor dem Wort etwas einfügen, damit es nicht wie der erste Eintrag aussieht. Fügen sie daher 0 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt horizontalen Abstand vor dem Wort ein. Weil er keinen Platz belegt, ändert er die Druckausgabe nicht. Tabelle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -11407,7 +11373,7 @@ Tabelle ohne und mit Silbentrennung \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -11509,7 +11475,7 @@ i \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -11524,7 +11490,7 @@ i \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Space \hspace{} +\begin_inset space \hspace{} \length 0pt \end_inset @@ -11615,7 +11581,7 @@ i \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -11705,7 +11671,7 @@ B 2 \end_inset keine Mehrfachzeile ist, wie in Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -12040,7 +12006,7 @@ i \begin_layout Standard Um Tabelle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -12062,7 +12028,7 @@ Mehrfachspalte an, setzen die \family sans Horizontale -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Ausrichtung @@ -12076,18 +12042,18 @@ Zentriert Breite \family default auf 2.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm. Die überspannten Spalten werden dann auf die halbe Breite gesetzt, indem Sie die Breite der ersten Spalte auf 1.25 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm setzen. Die zweite Spalte wird dann automatisch 1.25 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm breit (Breite der @@ -12100,7 +12066,7 @@ Mehrfachspalte Breite der ersten Spalte). Dies wurde so für Tabelle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -12270,7 +12236,7 @@ In der druckfertigen Version sehen Sie, dass die erste Spalte etwas breiter ist, sondern ein wenig mehr. Anhang -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -12316,7 +12282,7 @@ In unserem Falls ist \end_inset cm, und damit wird aus Gleichung -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -12466,7 +12432,7 @@ d \end_inset der Tabelle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -12793,7 +12759,7 @@ multirow{2}{2.5cm}{ \begin_layout Standard als TeX-Code die Mehrfachzeile definiert. Sie besteht aus zwei Zeilen und einer Breite von 2.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm. @@ -12886,7 +12852,7 @@ Tabellen ! Formale \begin_layout Standard Tabellen werden in Büchern oft wie Tabelle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -13333,7 +13299,7 @@ lun\SpecialChar \- gen \family default -Dialogs hinzugefügt werden, wie in Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -13351,11 +13317,11 @@ Im Gegensatz zu normalen Tabellen haben formale keine vertikalen Linien. Die horizontalen können wie für normale Tabellen gesetzt werden, sehen gedruckt aber anders aus. Die erste und letzte Linie ist 0.08 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em dick, während die anderen 0.05 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em dick sind. @@ -13412,7 +13378,7 @@ midrule Breite \family default können Sie alle Einheiten benutzen, die in Anhang -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -13468,7 +13434,7 @@ cmidrule \begin_layout Standard Der Standardwert ist 0.03 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em. @@ -13517,12 +13483,12 @@ Breite l{2pt} \emph default zum Beispiel bedeutet, dass die Linie links um 2 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt gekürzt wird. Ohne Breitenangabe werden die Linien um 0.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em gekürzt. @@ -13533,7 +13499,7 @@ em gekürzt. \end_inset In Tabelle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -13587,7 +13553,7 @@ Sie können mit cmidrule \series default auch überlappende Linien wie in Tabelle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -13611,7 +13577,7 @@ morecmidrules \begin_layout Standard In Zeile zwei der Tabelle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -13752,7 +13718,7 @@ System \begin_layout Plain Layout Medipix -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 1 @@ -13765,7 +13731,7 @@ Medipix \begin_layout Plain Layout Medipix -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 2 @@ -14159,7 +14125,7 @@ Tabellen ! Ausrichtung Damit Tabellen vertikal im Text ausgerichtet werden können, müssen sie in einer Box sein. Die Box kann dann vertikal ausgerichtet werden, wie in Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -14179,7 +14145,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Minipages werden in Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -14195,7 +14161,7 @@ reference "abs:Minipage" \end_inset mit 15 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset col%-Breite: @@ -14862,7 +14828,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Raiseboxen werden in Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -15184,7 +15150,7 @@ Benutzerdefiniert Textstil \family default -Dialog wie es in Tabelle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -15281,7 +15247,7 @@ innerhalb des Befehls >{} \series default finden Sie im Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -15504,7 +15470,7 @@ Achtung: \begin_layout Standard Die Tabelle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -15850,7 +15816,7 @@ farbige ! Tabellenlinien \begin_layout Standard Wie in Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -15868,7 +15834,7 @@ arrayrulewidth \series default definiert werden. Für alle Tabellenlinien in diesem Kapitel wird sie auf 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt gesetzt. @@ -15892,7 +15858,7 @@ arrayrulewidth}{1.5pt} \begin_layout Standard Um die vertikalen Linien für dieses Beispiel grün zu färben, wurde im LaTeX-Vors pann folgendes Spaltenformat entsprechend der Beschreibung in Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -15919,7 +15885,7 @@ vline}} \begin_layout Standard In Tabelle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -16081,7 +16047,7 @@ sd \end_inset Um zum Beispiel horizontale Linien rot zu färben wie in Tabelle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -16326,7 +16292,7 @@ myHlineC} \begin_layout Standard Tabelle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -16566,7 +16532,7 @@ Tabellen-Einstellungen -Dialogs können Sie \family sans zusätzliche -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Abstände @@ -16577,11 +16543,11 @@ Abstände \begin_layout Description Oberhalb -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset der -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Zeile fügt oberhalb des Zeileninhalts zusätzlichen Leerraum ein. @@ -16591,7 +16557,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Formale Tabellen wurden in Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -16607,7 +16573,7 @@ reference "abs:Formale-Tabellen" \end_inset fügt LyX standardmäßig 0.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em Leerraum ein. @@ -16620,12 +16586,12 @@ em Leerraum ein. \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hspace*{} +\begin_inset space \hspace*{} \length 0pt \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -16650,7 +16616,7 @@ A \begin_layout Plain Layout 3 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mm Leerraum oberhalb der Zeile @@ -16675,11 +16641,11 @@ C \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hspace*{} +\begin_inset space \hspace*{} \length 0pt \end_inset @@ -16697,21 +16663,21 @@ n Linien verwenden. \begin_layout Description Unterhalb -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset der -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Zeile fügt unterhalb des Zeileninhalts zusätzlichen Leerraum ein. Bei einer formalen Tabelle fügt LyX standardmäßig 0.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em Leerraum ein. Bei normalen Tabellen ist der Standardwert 2 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. @@ -16719,16 +16685,16 @@ pt. \begin_layout Description Zwischen -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset den -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Zeilen fügt zwischen zwei Zeilen zusätzlichen Leerraum ein. Bei einer formalen Tabelle fügt LyX standardmäßig 0.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em Leerraum ein. @@ -16741,12 +16707,12 @@ em Leerraum ein. \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hspace*{} +\begin_inset space \hspace*{} \length 0pt \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -16774,7 +16740,7 @@ A \end_inset 3 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mm Leerraum zwischen den Zeilen @@ -16796,7 +16762,7 @@ mm Leerraum zwischen den Zeilen \end_inset 3 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mm Leerraum zwischen den Zeilen @@ -16814,11 +16780,11 @@ mm Leerraum zwischen den Zeilen \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hspace*{} +\begin_inset space \hspace*{} \length 0pt \end_inset @@ -16912,7 +16878,7 @@ Tabellen ! Zellenausrichtung \begin_layout Standard Manchmal sieht es besser aus, wenn Spalten nach besonderen Zeichen ausgerichtet sind wie zum Beispiel den Dezimalpunkt wie in Tabelle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -17082,7 +17048,7 @@ X-Argument \begin_layout Standard Tabelle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -17096,7 +17062,7 @@ reference "tab:Verschiedene-Ausrichtungen" Für die Ausrichtung der Relationen müssen Sie den \family sans Mittleren -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Abstand @@ -17230,7 +17196,7 @@ Relationen \color black 24 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -17316,7 +17282,7 @@ Flaschen \color black 768 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Pixel @@ -17400,7 +17366,7 @@ Pixel \color black 6 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm @@ -17500,7 +17466,7 @@ LaTeX-Pakete ! dcolumn Aber es behandelt den Zelleninhalt als Mathematik und erlaubt keine Formeln in den Zellen. Die erste Spalte von Tabelle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -17515,7 +17481,7 @@ reference "tab:Verschiedene-Ausrichtungen" dcolumn \family default wie die erste Spalte von Tabelle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -17527,7 +17493,7 @@ reference "tab:Ausrichtung-mit-dem" aussehen und nur mit ein paar Tricks wie erwartet. Die Ausrichtung der zweiten und dritten Spalte wie in Tabelle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -17630,7 +17596,7 @@ Einheiten \begin_layout Plain Layout 12x24 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -17647,7 +17613,7 @@ Einheiten \begin_layout Plain Layout 12x24 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -17692,7 +17658,7 @@ times \begin_layout Plain Layout 1024x768 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -17709,7 +17675,7 @@ times \begin_layout Plain Layout 1024x768 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -17754,7 +17720,7 @@ times \begin_layout Plain Layout 32x6 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -17771,7 +17737,7 @@ times \begin_layout Plain Layout 32x6 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -17845,7 +17811,7 @@ Tabellen ! Spaltenformat \begin_layout Standard Wenn man wie in Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -17931,7 +17897,7 @@ hspace{0pt} \series default das Problem mit der Silbentrennung des ersten Wortes vermeidet, wie in Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -18023,7 +17989,7 @@ arrayrulewidth)*(1-#2))/#2}} \begin_layout Standard Diese Format benutzt Gleichung -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -18111,7 +18077,7 @@ K{Farbname} \begin_layout Standard Für Tabelle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -18348,11 +18314,11 @@ arrayrulewidth \series default eingestellt werden. Um eine Liniendicke von 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt, wie in Tabelle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -18428,7 +18394,7 @@ name "tab:Tabelle-mit-1.5pt-Liniendicke" \end_inset Tabelle mit 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt Liniendicke @@ -18566,11 +18532,11 @@ arrayrulewidth}{0.4pt} \end_inset Um eine Liniendicke von 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt nur für horizontale Linien zu bekommen, wie in Tabelle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -18712,7 +18678,7 @@ name "tab:Tabelle-mit-1.5pt-horiz" \end_inset Tabelle mit 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt dicken horizontalen Linien @@ -18852,12 +18818,12 @@ myHline} \end_inset Um die Liniendicke von 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt nur für vertikale Linien zu bekommen, müssen Sie im LaTeX-Vorspann folgendes Spaltenformat entsprechend der Beschreibung in Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -18882,7 +18848,7 @@ vrule width 1.5pt}} \begin_layout Standard In Tabelle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -18935,7 +18901,7 @@ name "tab:Tabelle-mit-1.5pt-vert" \end_inset Tabelle mit 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt dicken vertikalen Linien @@ -19493,7 +19459,7 @@ cdashline{Anfangsspalte-Endspalte} \begin_layout Standard als TeX-Code als erstes in die erste Zelle einer Zeile eingefügt. Wenn Sie z. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset B. @@ -19522,7 +19488,7 @@ als erstes Element der ersten Zelle in der Zeile der Mehrfachspalte ein. \begin_layout Standard In Tabelle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -19596,7 +19562,7 @@ LaTeX-Pakete ! colortbl \end_inset , das für die farbigen Tabellen in Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -19735,7 +19701,7 @@ Gleitobjekte ermöglichen eine hochwertige Gestaltung. kann im Text auf ein Gleitobjekt verwiesen werden. Gleitobjekte sind deshalb nummeriert. Querverweise werden in Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -19758,7 +19724,7 @@ belle/Um\SpecialChar \- flos\SpecialChar \- se\SpecialChar \- nes -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Gleitobjekt @@ -19792,11 +19758,11 @@ Gleitobjekt Algorithmus, Abbildung oder Tabelle werden ober- oder unterhalb des Titels eingefügt. In Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -19865,7 +19831,7 @@ Gleitobjekte ! Typen \begin_layout Standard Neben Gleitobjekt-Abbildungen und -Tabellen, die bereits in Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -19972,7 +19938,7 @@ Benutzerhandbuch \emph default . In Algorithmus -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -19983,7 +19949,7 @@ reference "alg:Ein-Gleitobjekt-Algorithmus" \end_inset wurden am Ende -0.4 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm vertikaler Abstand eingefügt, damit die untere Linie direkt unter der @@ -20022,11 +19988,11 @@ Um das Algorithmenverzeichnis einzufügen, kann für englische Dokumente das \family sans Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator Liste -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset / -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Inhaltsverzeichnis\SpecialChar \menuseparator @@ -20078,7 +20044,7 @@ numberwithin benutzen zu können, muss in den \family sans Mathe -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Optionen @@ -20090,17 +20056,17 @@ Dokument-Einstellungen \family sans AMS -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Mathe -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Paket \family default -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -20189,7 +20155,7 @@ fließen Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator Gleitobjekt\SpecialChar \menuseparator Umflossenes -\begin_inset Space \space{} +\begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset Gleit\SpecialChar \- @@ -20275,7 +20241,7 @@ status collapsed Wie man ein LaTeX-Paket installiert, wird im Handbuch \emph on LaTeX -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Konfiguration @@ -20290,14 +20256,14 @@ klick auf das \family sans Umflossenes -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Gleitobjekt \family default -Kästchen ändern. Abbildung -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -20308,7 +20274,7 @@ reference "abb:This-is-a" \end_inset ist zum Beispiel ein textumflossenes Objekt, das 40 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset % der Spaltenbreite einnimmt. @@ -20317,7 +20283,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Die benutzbaren Einheiten werden in Anhang -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -20408,7 +20374,7 @@ hspace*{-1em} \family typewriter 1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em @@ -20554,7 +20520,7 @@ numberwithin zu können, müssen Sie in den \family sans Mathe -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Optionen @@ -20566,17 +20532,17 @@ Dokument-Einstellungen \family sans AMS -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Mathe -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Paket \family default -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -20588,7 +20554,7 @@ verwenden \begin_layout Standard Sehen Sie sich bitte auch Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -20730,11 +20696,11 @@ Marken können Sie jederzeit durch einen Klick auf ihr Kästchen ändern. Ein Klick auf den Schalter \family sans Gehe -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset zur -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Marke @@ -20743,7 +20709,7 @@ Marke Der Text der Schaltfläche heißt jetzt \family sans Gehe -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset zurück @@ -20754,7 +20720,7 @@ zurück Dann ist auch kein \family sans Gehe -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset zurück @@ -20822,7 +20788,7 @@ reference "eq:Wgn" \begin_layout Description : druckt die Seitennummer: Seite -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -20837,11 +20803,11 @@ reference "abb:Zwei-Teilabbildungen" \begin_layout Description auf -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Seite -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset : druckt den Text "auf Seite" und die Seitennummer: @@ -20856,15 +20822,15 @@ reference "abb:Zwei-Teilabbildungen" \begin_layout Description -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset auf -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Seite -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset : druckt die Nummer der Gleitumgebung, den Text "auf Seite", und @@ -20880,7 +20846,7 @@ reference "abb:Zwei-Teilabbildungen" \begin_layout Description Formatierter -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Querverweis: druckt ein selbst definiertes Querverweisformat @@ -20934,74 +20900,6 @@ Format einen Querverweis klicken. \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Auf Teilabbildungen verweisen -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "uab:Auf-Teilabbildungen-verweisen" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Querverweise ! auf Teilabbildungen -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Zur Zeit unterstützt LyX das nicht, also müssen Sie LaTeX-Befehle benutzen. - Die Marke erzeugen Sie mit dem Befehl -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -label{abb:IhrMarkenName} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -der direkt in das Titelfeld der Teilabbildung eingefügt wird. - Als Querverweis benutzen Sie dann den Befehl -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -ref{abb:IhrMarkenName} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Hier ist ein Querverweis auf Teilabbildung -\begin_inset Space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -ref{abb:Platypus} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - \begin_layout Subsection Automatische Querverweis-Namen \begin_inset Index @@ -21118,7 +21016,7 @@ Bemerkung: als Querverweisstil \family sans Formatierter -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Querverweis @@ -21306,7 +21204,7 @@ Gleitobjekt-Einstellungen Die Option \family sans Spalten -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset überspannen @@ -21319,7 +21217,7 @@ Spalten Die Option \family sans Seitwärts -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset drehen @@ -21340,7 +21238,7 @@ Sie können eine oder mehrere der folgenden Optionen im Gleitobjekt-Dialog Sie die Option \family sans Standard-Platzierung -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset verwenden @@ -21350,11 +21248,11 @@ verwenden \begin_layout Description Hier -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset wenn -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset möglich versuche das Gleitobjekt dort zu platzieren wo es eingefügt wurde. @@ -21362,11 +21260,11 @@ möglich versuche das Gleitobjekt dort zu platzieren wo es eingefügt wurde. \begin_layout Description Anfang -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset der -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Seite @@ -21375,7 +21273,7 @@ Seite \family default versuche das Gleitobjekt am Anfang der aktuellen Seite zu platzieren. Gleitobjekte, die maximal 70 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset % einer Seite benötigen, dürfen oben platziert werden. @@ -21405,16 +21303,16 @@ topfraction}{0.9} \end_deeper \begin_layout Description Ende -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset der -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Seite versuche das Gleitobjekt am Ende der aktuellen Seite zu platzieren. Gleitobjekte, die maximal 30 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset % einer Seite benötigen, dürfen unten platziert werden. @@ -21440,7 +21338,7 @@ bottomfraction}{0.5} \begin_layout Standard die oftmals zu kleine untere Grenze auf 50 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset %. @@ -21449,16 +21347,16 @@ die oftmals zu kleine untere Grenze auf 50 \end_deeper \begin_layout Description Seite -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset mit -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Gleitobjekten versuche das Gleitobjekt auf einer eigenen Seite zu platzieren. Nur wenn mehr als 50 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset % einer Seite von Gleitobjekten belegt wird, wird eine neue Seite für weitere @@ -21482,11 +21380,11 @@ immer versuchen \family sans Hier -\begin_inset Space \space{} +\begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset wenn -\begin_inset Space \space{} +\begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset möglich @@ -21494,11 +21392,11 @@ möglich , dann \family sans Anfang -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset der -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Seite @@ -21515,15 +21413,15 @@ t, aber diesmal mit dem Ziel das Gleitobjekt auf die nächste Seite zu setzen. Die Option \family sans Hier, -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset auf -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset jeden -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Fall @@ -21678,7 +21576,7 @@ status collapsed \end_inset [Abbildung -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 3.2 ist ungefähr hier.] @@ -21728,14 +21626,14 @@ status open \series bold Bemerkung -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1: endfloat \series default übersetzt den Hinweistext nicht automatisch. Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 4 in @@ -21761,7 +21659,7 @@ status open \series bold Bemerkung -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2: @@ -21836,7 +21734,7 @@ t drehen. und die Option \family sans Seitwärts -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset drehen @@ -21864,7 +21762,7 @@ figuresright \begin_layout Standard Alle anderen Dinge sind wie bei normalen Gleitobjekten. Tabelle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -22003,7 +21901,7 @@ Gleitobjekte ! nebeneinander \begin_layout Standard Um Gleitobjekte nebeneinander zu setzen, wie bei Abbildung -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -22031,7 +21929,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Minipages sind in Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -22047,11 +21945,11 @@ reference "abs:Minipage" \end_inset Die Breite wird für jede Minipage auf 45 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -50 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Spalten% und die Box Ausrichtung auf @@ -22064,7 +21962,7 @@ Unten Der einzige Unterschied ist, dass die Bildeinheit \family sans Spaltenbreite -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset % @@ -22125,7 +22023,7 @@ Gleitobjekt auf der linken Seite. \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -22292,7 +22190,7 @@ captionsetup[Gleitobjekt-Typ]{Format-Definition} \begin_layout Standard Für Abbildung -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -22303,7 +22201,7 @@ reference "abb:Langer-Abb-Titel" \end_inset und Tabelle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -22822,7 +22720,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout In Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -23305,7 +23203,7 @@ TabBesEnd \begin_layout Standard Abbildung -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -23316,7 +23214,7 @@ reference "abb:Beschriftung-neben" \end_inset und Tabelle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -23385,7 +23283,7 @@ sidecaptionvpos{figure}{c} \begin_layout Standard Das wurde in Abbildung -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -23440,7 +23338,7 @@ LaTeX-Pakete ! hypcap \end_inset das in Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -23930,11 +23828,11 @@ Gleitobjekte ! Verzeichnisse \family sans Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator Liste -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset / -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Inhaltsverzeichnis @@ -24245,7 +24143,7 @@ status open \begin_layout Plain Layout Gerahmte Boxen werden in Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24278,7 +24176,7 @@ Farben\SpecialChar \menuseparator Schat\SpecialChar \- tier\SpecialChar \- te -\begin_inset Space \space{} +\begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset Box @@ -24325,7 +24223,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Farbige Boxen werden in Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24415,7 +24313,7 @@ egroup} \begin_layout Standard Die verfügbaren Farben und wie man eigene definiert wurde bereits in Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24454,7 +24352,7 @@ Die Standard-Rahmenbreite für Eingerahmt \family default ist 0.4 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt; sie kann mit @@ -24465,7 +24363,7 @@ FrameRule \series default geändert werden. Der Standard-Abstand zwischen Rahmen und Text ist 9 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt; er kann mit @@ -24553,7 +24451,7 @@ Für Schattiert \family default beträgt der Abstand zwischen Rand und Text 3 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt; er kann mit @@ -24575,14 +24473,14 @@ Werkzeuge\SpecialChar \menuseparator Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator Farben\SpecialChar \menuseparator Schattierte -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Box \family default geändert werden. Die verfügbaren Farben und wie man eigene definiert wurde bereits in Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24618,7 +24516,7 @@ LaTeX-Pakete ! color \end_inset im LaTeX-Vorspann, siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24831,7 +24729,7 @@ In der druckfertigen Ausgabe erscheint an der Stelle, wo die Fußnote eingefügt Auf Fußnoten kann wie auf andere Gleitobjekte verwiesen werden, wenn in der Fußnote eine Marke eingefügt wurde. Dies ist ein Querverweis auf Fußnote -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24847,7 +24745,7 @@ reference "fuss:Fußnoten-Beispiel" \begin_layout Standard Um Fußnoten in Tabellen zu benutzen, müssen Sie eine Minipage verwenden, siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24859,7 +24757,7 @@ reference "abs:Minipage" . Fußnoten in langen Tabellen wurden bereits in Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24889,7 +24787,7 @@ footnotemark[Nummer] Weil Sie die Nummer der Fußnote nicht im Voraus wissen können, müssen Sie sie speichern, nachdem Sie die Fußnote eingefügt haben. Hinter Fußnote -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -25072,7 +24970,7 @@ nummerieren Alph \series default bzw. -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -25209,7 +25107,7 @@ numberwithin benutzen zu können, muss in den \family sans Mathe -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Optionen @@ -25221,17 +25119,17 @@ Dokument-Einstellungen \family sans AMS -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Mathe -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Paket \family default -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -25315,7 +25213,7 @@ numberwithin \begin_layout Standard Um also z. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset B. @@ -25371,7 +25269,7 @@ Wenn Sie auf einer Seite mehrere Fußnoten haben, werden sie untereinander ohne Zwischenraum am Ende der Seite gedruckt. Damit sie besser zu unterscheiden sind, kann man mit folgendem Befehl im LaTeX-Vorspann 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mm Zwischenraum einfügen: @@ -25407,7 +25305,7 @@ vspace{1.5mm}}} In einem zweispaltigen Dokument werden die Fußnoten am unteren Rand jeder Spalte gedruckt, Abbildung -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -25420,7 +25318,7 @@ reference "abb:Standard-Fußnoten-Platzierung-in" . Wenn die Fußnoten nur unter der rechten Spalte gedruckt werden sollen wie in Abbildung -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -25619,7 +25517,7 @@ ftnright In einigen wissenschaftlichen Veröffentlichungen werden alle Fußnoten am Ende eines Abschnitts in einem eigenen Absatz wie in Abbildung -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -25818,7 +25716,7 @@ notesname}{Anmerkungen} \end_inset Wenn Sie in den Befehlen von Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -25848,7 +25746,7 @@ theendnote @addtoreset \series default wie in Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space \space{} +\begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset @@ -25884,7 +25782,7 @@ endnotemark[Nummer] footnotemark \series default Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26145,7 +26043,7 @@ EinSehrLangesWort am Anfang, das umgebrochen wird. \end_inset Ähnlich wie in Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26158,7 +26056,7 @@ reference "uab:Mehrfache-Zeilen-in" beschrieben, können lange Worte nicht umgebrochen werden, wenn sie das erste Wort der Randnotiz sind. Um das zu vermeiden, fügen sie 0 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt horizontalen Abstand vor dem Wort ein, so wie hier: @@ -26166,7 +26064,7 @@ pt horizontalen Abstand vor dem Wort ein, so wie hier: status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Space \hspace{} +\begin_inset space \hspace{} \length 0pt \end_inset @@ -26308,7 +26206,7 @@ n sind zu dicht beieinander sind. \begin_layout Standard angegeben. Dabei ist der Versatz eine Länge mit einer der Einheiten, die in Tabelle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26322,7 +26220,7 @@ reference "tab:Maßeinheiten" Eine negativer Wert versetzt die Randnotiz nach oben, ein positiver Wer nach unten. Zum Beispiel ist die Randnotiz neben diesem Text um 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm mit dem TeX-Code-Befehl @@ -26343,7 +26241,7 @@ status open \begin_layout Plain Layout Diese Randnotiz ist 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm von ihrer Originalposition nach oben versetzt. @@ -26526,7 +26424,7 @@ key "marginnote" Das Format von Randnotizen kann allgemein durch Änderung ihrer Definition geändert werden. Um z. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset B. @@ -26797,7 +26695,7 @@ Boxen ! Einleitung Boxen werden benutzt, um einen Textblock zu formatieren. Sie können benutzt werden, um Dokumente in mehreren Sprachen zu schreiben, siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26808,7 +26706,7 @@ reference "abs:Minipage" \end_inset , um Text zu umranden, siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26819,7 +26717,7 @@ reference "abs:Gerahmte-Boxen" \end_inset , um Silbentrennung zu verhindern, siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26830,7 +26728,7 @@ reference "abs:Silbentrennung-unterbinden" \end_inset , um Text senkrecht auszurichten, siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26841,7 +26739,7 @@ reference "uab:Vertikale-Ausrichtung" \end_inset oder um die Hintergrundfarbe von Texten zu setzen, siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26893,7 +26791,7 @@ klick auf das graue Kästchen kann der Typ spezifiziert Das Dialogfenster bietet bei \family sans Innere -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Box @@ -26912,7 +26810,7 @@ Minipage Minipage \family default ist die Standard-Einstellung für neue Boxen und in Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26927,7 +26825,7 @@ reference "abs:Minipage" Parbox \family default in Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26953,7 +26851,7 @@ status open \series bold Bemerkung -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1: @@ -26982,7 +26880,7 @@ status open \series bold Bemerkung -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2: @@ -26990,13 +26888,13 @@ Bemerkung Boxen ohne \family sans Innere -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Box \family default und ohne Rahmen werden in Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -27064,7 +26962,7 @@ Höhe \family default festlegen. Die verfügbaren Einheiten werden in Tabelle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -27120,7 +27018,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center Box-Höhe = 1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Tiefe @@ -27158,7 +27056,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center Boxhöhe = 2 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Höhe @@ -27171,11 +27069,11 @@ Höhe \begin_layout Description Gesamthöhe Dies ist Höhe -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset + -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Tiefe: @@ -27194,7 +27092,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center Boxhöhe = 1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Gesamthöhe @@ -27222,7 +27120,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center Boxhöhe = 1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Breite @@ -27251,7 +27149,7 @@ Boxen ! Ausrichtung Wenn Sie eine \family sans Innere -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Box @@ -27351,7 +27249,7 @@ Bemerkung: \series default Die senkrechte Boxausrichtung kann in der Ausgabe verloren gehen wenn zwei Boxen in einer Zeile sind und eine Box z. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset B. @@ -27378,7 +27276,7 @@ Absatz-Einstellungen Wenn Sie eine \family sans Innere -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Box @@ -27519,7 +27417,7 @@ Absatz-Einstellungen waagerecht ausgerichtet werden, wenn Sie eine \family sans Innere -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Box @@ -27565,7 +27463,7 @@ ausgerichtet. Wenn Sie keine \family sans Innere -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Box @@ -27636,7 +27534,7 @@ Verzierung \begin_layout Description Rechteckige -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Box Um die Box wird ein rechteckiger Rahmen gezogen. @@ -27664,7 +27562,7 @@ status collapsed \series medium Rechteckige -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Box @@ -27677,16 +27575,16 @@ Box \begin_layout Description Ovale -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Box, -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset dünn Zeichnet einen dünnen Rahmen mit abgerundeten Ecken um die Box. Die Rahmendicke ist 0.4 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. @@ -27705,11 +27603,11 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Ovale -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Box, -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset dünn @@ -27722,16 +27620,16 @@ dünn \begin_layout Description Ovale -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Box, -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset dick Zeichnet einen dickeren Rahmen mit abgerundeten Ecken um die Box. Die Rahmendicke ist 0.8 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. @@ -27750,11 +27648,11 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Ovale -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Box, -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset dick @@ -27767,7 +27665,7 @@ dick \begin_layout Description Schattierte -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Box Zeichnet einen Rahmen mit Schatten um die Box. @@ -27778,7 +27676,7 @@ Box Zeichnet einen Rahmen mit Schatten um die Box. fboxrule \series default festgelegt, der Schatten ist 4 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt breit. @@ -27800,7 +27698,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Schattierte -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Box @@ -27813,15 +27711,15 @@ Box \begin_layout Description Doppelt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset gerahmte -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Box Zeichnet einen doppelten Rahmen um die Box Der innere Rahmen ist 0.75 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -27831,7 +27729,7 @@ Box Zeichnet einen doppelten Rahmen um die Box Der innere Rahmen ist 0.75 fboxrule \series default breit, der äußere 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -27841,7 +27739,7 @@ fboxrule fboxrule \series default , der Zwischenraum 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -27851,15 +27749,15 @@ fboxrule fboxrule \series default -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset + -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 0.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. @@ -27878,11 +27776,11 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Doppelt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset gerahmte -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Box @@ -27926,12 +27824,12 @@ Der Standardwert für fboxrule \series default ist 0.4 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. Mit dem folgenden TeX-Code-Befehl kann er auf 2 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt gesetzt werden: @@ -27978,7 +27876,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center Rechteckige Box mit einer Rahmenbreite von 2 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt @@ -28010,7 +27908,7 @@ fboxrule}{0.4pt} \end_inset Der Abstand zwischen dem Rahmen und dem Inhalt ist standardmäßig 3 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. @@ -28035,7 +27933,7 @@ fboxsep}{10pt} \begin_layout Standard setzt den Wert auf 10 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt, wie in der folgenden Box: @@ -28078,15 +27976,15 @@ Rechteckige Box mit fboxsep \series default -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset = -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 10 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt @@ -28137,7 +28035,7 @@ cornersize*{1cm} \begin_layout Standard setzt den Durchmesser auf 1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm. @@ -28156,11 +28054,11 @@ cornersize{num} setzt den Durchmesser auf \family sans num -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset × -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Minimum(Breite der Box, Höhe der Box) @@ -28210,15 +28108,15 @@ Ovale Box, dicker Rand, mit cornersize \series default -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset = -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm @@ -28269,7 +28167,7 @@ shadowsize}{2pt} \begin_layout Standard wird er für die folgende Box auf 2 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt festgelegt. @@ -28312,15 +28210,15 @@ Schattierte Box mit shadowsize \series default -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset = -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 2 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt @@ -28388,7 +28286,7 @@ Minipages sind nützlich, wenn Sie Dokumente in mehreren Sprachen schreiben. \begin_layout Standard Es folgt ein Beispiel mit zwei nebeneinander gedruckten Minipages. Ihre Breite ist 45 Spaltenbreite -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset %, und sie sind durch einen @@ -28400,11 +28298,11 @@ HFill Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator Formatierung\SpecialChar \menuseparator Variabler -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset horiz. -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Abstand @@ -28457,7 +28355,7 @@ Dies ist eine deutsche Fußnote. \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -28857,7 +28755,7 @@ hspace*{1em} \begin_layout Standard Minipages können auch benutzt werden, um Textteilen eine andere Hintergrundfarbe zu verpassen, siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -29428,7 +29326,7 @@ status collapsed \end_inset um 0.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm nach oben verschoben wurde. @@ -29520,7 +29418,7 @@ status collapsed \end_inset um 0.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm nach oben verschoben wurde. @@ -29724,7 +29622,7 @@ gelb \begin_layout Standard Sie können auch Ihre eigenen Farben definieren, wie in Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -29846,7 +29744,7 @@ fboxrule fboxsep \series default gesteuert werden, wie in Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -29874,7 +29772,7 @@ fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{ \begin_layout Standard benutzt. Hier wurden die Rahmendicke und der Abstand auf 1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mm gesetzt: @@ -30398,7 +30296,7 @@ t \emph default (oben), sowie sinnvolle Kombinationen aus den vier Grundpositionen. Z. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset B. @@ -30738,7 +30636,7 @@ Horizontal und vertikal geben die jeweiligen Skalierungsfaktoren an. \begin_layout Standard Z. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset B. @@ -31048,7 +30946,7 @@ resizebox \begin_layout Standard Alle Boxen können beliebig miteinander kombiniert werden. So ergibt z. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset B. @@ -31313,7 +31211,7 @@ LyX-Dokument Der Inhalt eines anderen LyX-Dokuments wird direkt in Ihr Dokument \begin_layout Description Einfacher -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Text Ein Text-Dokument; jede Textzeile wird als eigener Absatz in Ihr Dokument @@ -31322,15 +31220,15 @@ Text Ein Text-Dokument; jede Textzeile wird als eigener Absatz in Ihr Dokument \begin_layout Description Einfacher -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Text, -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Zeilen -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset verbinden Ein Text-Dokument; Zeilen werden so eingefügt, wie sie sind. @@ -31339,7 +31237,7 @@ verbinden Ein Text-Dokument; Zeilen werden so eingefügt, wie sie sind. \begin_layout Description Externes -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Material Dateien in verschiedenen Formaten. @@ -31417,7 +31315,7 @@ Tag-Monat-Jahr \lang english -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -31453,7 +31351,7 @@ today \series default . Die verschiedenen Methoden werden in Tabelle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -31488,7 +31386,7 @@ Rastergrafik Diese Vorlage kann für Bitmap-Bilder benutzt werden. Die Bilddateien können im Dialogfenster \family sans Externes -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Material @@ -31498,7 +31396,7 @@ Material Grafik \family default -Dialog eingefügten, siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -31741,7 +31639,7 @@ als Datum Wenn Sie im Dialogfenster \family sans Externes -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Material @@ -31771,7 +31669,7 @@ LyX kann externes Material entweder als Box wie hier: Das hängt davon ab, ob Sie im Dialogfenster \family sans Externes -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Material @@ -31783,11 +31681,11 @@ LyX-Ansicht die Option \family sans in -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset LyX -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset anzeigen @@ -31858,11 +31756,11 @@ Unterdokument Für \family sans die Art -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset der -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Einbindung @@ -31909,7 +31807,7 @@ Die Abschnittsnummerierung enthält alle Abschnitte der eingebundenen Dateien Das obige Beispiel besitzt einen Unterabschnitt mit der Nummer dieses Abschnitt s. Auf Marken eingebundener Dokumente kann verwiesen werden: siehe Unterabschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -32040,7 +31938,7 @@ Input eingebunden werden, können in LyX angesehen werden, wenn im Dialogfenster \family sans Unterdokument Vorschau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset anzeigen @@ -32049,16 +31947,16 @@ anzeigen \family sans Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator Aussehen -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset & -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Handhabung\SpecialChar \menuseparator Grafik Sofortige -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Vorschau @@ -32109,19 +32007,19 @@ Schreibmaschine Wenn Sie im Dialogfenster \family sans Unterdokument Leerzeichen -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset bei -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset der -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Ausgabe -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset kennzeichnen @@ -32156,7 +32054,7 @@ Im Gegensatz zu Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator Einfacher -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Text @@ -32191,19 +32089,19 @@ Hier ist ein Unterdokument, das mit eingebunden wurde und \family sans Leerzeichen -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset bei -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset der -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Ausgabe -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset kennzeichnen @@ -32249,7 +32147,7 @@ Unformatiert \begin_layout Description Listing Dieser Typ wird in Kapitel -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -32359,7 +32257,7 @@ Platzierung -Option \family sans Eingebettetes -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Listing @@ -32407,7 +32305,7 @@ b p \family default , analog zu den in Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -32420,7 +32318,7 @@ reference "abs:Gleitobjekt-Platzierung" beschriebenen Platzierungsoptionen festlegen können. Die Platzierungsoptionen können gemischt werden und werden dabei direkt hintereinander angegeben, z. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset B. @@ -32452,7 +32350,7 @@ h \begin_layout Standard Sie können Listings mit Marken versehen, um auf Sie wie auf andere Gleitobjekte zu verweisen: Listing -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -32533,7 +32431,7 @@ def pass \emph default in Listing -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -32622,7 +32520,7 @@ Stil Die Option \family sans Erweiterte -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Zeichentabelle @@ -32643,7 +32541,7 @@ Python , den Optionen \family sans Erweiterte -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Zeichentabelle @@ -32651,21 +32549,21 @@ Zeichentabelle und \family sans Leerzeichen -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset als -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Symbol \family default und Bereich 3 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset - -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 8: @@ -32780,11 +32678,11 @@ Unterdokument und der \family sans Art -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset der -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Einbindung @@ -32799,7 +32697,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Die anderen Arten der Einbindung von Unterdokumenten werden in Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -32821,7 +32719,7 @@ reference "abs:Unterdokumente" können Sie die Listing-Parameters unter \family sans Weitere -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Parameter @@ -32850,7 +32748,7 @@ Marke \begin_layout Standard Listing -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -32861,11 +32759,11 @@ reference "lst:Datei-Listing" \end_inset ist ein Beispiel für ein Unterdokument-Listing, bei dem die Zeilen 10 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset - -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 15 gedruckt werden. @@ -32956,7 +32854,7 @@ Einheiten \begin_layout Standard Um die in diesem Handbuch verwendeten Maßeinheiten zu verstehen, erläutert Tabelle -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -33087,11 +32985,11 @@ in \begin_layout Plain Layout Zoll (1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset in = 2.54 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm @@ -33115,11 +33013,11 @@ pt \begin_layout Plain Layout Punkt (72.27 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt = 1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset in) @@ -33143,11 +33041,11 @@ pc \begin_layout Plain Layout Pica (1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pc = 12 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt) @@ -33171,11 +33069,11 @@ sp \begin_layout Plain Layout skalierter Punkt (65536 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset sp = 1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt) @@ -33199,11 +33097,11 @@ bp \begin_layout Plain Layout großer Punkt (72 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset bp = 1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset in) @@ -33227,7 +33125,7 @@ dd \begin_layout Plain Layout Didot (1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset dd @@ -33235,7 +33133,7 @@ dd \end_inset 0,376 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mm) @@ -33259,11 +33157,11 @@ cc \begin_layout Plain Layout Cicero (1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cc = 12 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset dd) @@ -33479,11 +33377,11 @@ mathematische Maßeinheit \series default (1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mu = 1/18 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) @@ -33974,7 +33872,7 @@ Exportieren \begin_layout Description PDF -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ps2pdf) benutzt das Programm @@ -33992,7 +33890,7 @@ dvips \begin_layout Description PDF -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (dvipdfm) benutzt das Programm @@ -34005,7 +33903,7 @@ dvipdfm \begin_layout Description PDF -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) benutzt das Programm @@ -34019,7 +33917,7 @@ PDF \family sans PDF -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) @@ -34065,7 +33963,7 @@ Ansicht der \family sans PDF -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) @@ -34075,7 +33973,7 @@ PDF \begin_layout Chapter Erklärung der Gleichung -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -34130,7 +34028,7 @@ tabcolsep \series default ist die LaTeX-Länge zwischen dem Zellentext und der Zellgrenze mit dem Standardwert 6 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. @@ -34141,7 +34039,7 @@ pt. arrayrulewidth \series default ist die Dicke der Zellgrenze mit dem Standardwert 0.4 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. @@ -34149,7 +34047,7 @@ pt. \begin_layout Standard Nach Gleichung -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -34177,7 +34075,7 @@ W_{\mathrm{tot\, mult}}=W_{g\,\mathrm{mult}}+2\cdot\backslash\mbox{tabcolsep}+2\ \begin_layout Standard Setzt man die Gleichungen -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -34820,7 +34718,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout siehe Abschnitt -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset diff --git a/lib/doc/es/EmbeddedObjects.lyx b/lib/doc/es/EmbeddedObjects.lyx index 2ef6a8249a..7c9b031823 100644 --- a/lib/doc/es/EmbeddedObjects.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/es/EmbeddedObjects.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -#LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 334 +#LyX 1.6.0beta2 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 335 \begin_document \begin_header \textclass scrbook @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ El diálogo Gráficos puede lanzarse en cualquier momento haciendo clic-derecha Gráficos Aquí puedes elegir tu archivo gráfico y ajustar separadamente su presentación en LyX y en la salida. En el apéndice -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ Las imágenes se pueden escalar mediante un porcentaje o fijando explícitamente Para evitar distorsión en la imagen marca la opción \family sans Mantener -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset proporción @@ -517,11 +517,11 @@ Recorte Alternativamente al escalado, es posible establecer las coordenadas botón \family sans Obtener -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset archivo @@ -530,15 +530,15 @@ archivo El botón \family sans Recortar -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset al -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset cuadro -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset delimitador @@ -550,13 +550,13 @@ as. \begin_layout Description Opciones -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset extra En esta solapa puedes modificar la apariencia de la imagen en LyX, y poner la imagen como subfigura de una figura flotante con su propio título. Las subfiguras se explican en la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ Los expertos en LaTeX pueden especificar aquí opciones LaTeX adicionales. La opción \family sans Modo -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset borrador @@ -589,25 +589,25 @@ borrador La opción \family sans No -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset descomprimir -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset al -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset exportar \family default sólo afecta a los gráficos EPS comprimidos, p. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ x.eps.gz Los gráficos EPS comprimidos sirven para ahorrar espacio de disco si se utiliza PostScript como formato de salida, ver apéndice -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Los formatos de imagen se explica en el sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -762,7 +762,7 @@ Figuras ! Flotantes \begin_layout Standard Para información general sobre flotantes, echa una ojeada a la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -799,7 +799,7 @@ Figura #: (# es el número actual). La imagen se puede insertar sobre el título, como en la figura -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -810,7 +810,7 @@ reference "fig:kill-plat" \end_inset , o bajo el título, como en la figura -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -822,7 +822,7 @@ reference "fig:escher" . Más información sobre ubicación de títulos en la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -931,7 +931,7 @@ Referencias ! a figuras \end_inset Las figuras -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -968,7 +968,7 @@ Etiqueta \family sans Insertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator Referencia -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset cruzada @@ -1004,7 +1004,7 @@ arriba \end_inset Las referencias se explican con detalle en la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -1023,7 +1023,7 @@ Normalmente sólo se inserta una imagen en un flotante, pero es posible que Esto es posible mediante la solapa \family sans Opciones -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset extra @@ -1040,26 +1040,8 @@ Descripción . Ten en cuenta que sólo el título principal del flotante se añade a la Lista de Figuras. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Las referencias a las subfiguras se explican en la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Referencias-a-Subfiguras" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -La figura -\begin_inset Space ~ + La figura +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -1077,10 +1059,10 @@ reference "fig:Dos-imágenes-distorsionadas" \begin_inset Float figure wide false sideways false -status collapsed +status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -1114,7 +1096,7 @@ Estructura indefinible \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -1149,7 +1131,7 @@ status open \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -1212,7 +1194,7 @@ Figuras ! Formatos de imagen \begin_layout Standard Puedes insertar imágenes en cualquier formato. Pero como se explica en el apéndice -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -1232,7 +1214,7 @@ Imagemagick Para aumentar el rendimiento evitando estas conversiones, puedes usar sólo los formatos de imagen admitidos en el formato de archivo de salida. Los formatos de salida se explican en el apéndice -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -1251,19 +1233,19 @@ Como en el caso de las fuentes, hay dos tipos de formatos de imagen: \begin_layout Description Imágenes -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset mapa -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset bits -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (Bitmap) formadas por mapas de puntos (píxeles), generalmente comprimidos. @@ -1426,7 +1408,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Description Imágenes -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset vectoriales se generan mediante una descripción de una serie de trazos (vectores @@ -1978,15 +1960,15 @@ contenido \family sans Configuración -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset la -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset tabla @@ -1996,7 +1978,7 @@ tabla Una vez puesta la anchura puedes ajustar también el alineamiento vertical. Una anchura determinada permite tener saltos de línea y distintos párrafos de texto, ver sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2014,7 +1996,7 @@ reference "sub:Líneas-Múltiples-en" Además, puedes marcar una o más celdas de una fila como una celda multicolumna, ver sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2054,7 +2036,7 @@ Nota: También es posible introducir argumentos LaTeX necesarios para formatos especiales, ver sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2086,7 +2068,7 @@ Bordes \family sans Tabla -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset larga @@ -2097,7 +2079,7 @@ tablas largas \emph default que pueden extenderse por varias páginas. La sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2411,7 +2393,7 @@ Tablas ! Flotantes \begin_layout Standard Para una explicación general sobre flotantes, echa un vistazo a la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2671,7 +2653,7 @@ El flotante se muestra como un cuadro desplegable con la etiqueta \end_inset Tabla -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset #: @@ -2687,7 +2669,7 @@ Tabla \begin_layout Standard La tabla -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2741,7 +2723,7 @@ status open \begin_layout Plain Layout Para más información ve a la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2772,7 +2754,7 @@ El formato de la leyenda se puede controlar mediante el paquete de LaTeX caption \series default como se describe en la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2815,7 +2797,7 @@ Etiqueta \family sans Insertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator Referencia -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset cruzada @@ -2832,7 +2814,7 @@ cruzada \end_inset Las referencias se explican con detalle en la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2880,11 +2862,11 @@ Tablas ! Largas Si la tabla es demasiado larga para una página, puedes usar la opción \family sans Usar -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset tabla -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset larga @@ -2892,7 +2874,7 @@ larga en la solapa \family sans Tabla -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset larga @@ -2912,7 +2894,7 @@ Encabezado: la tabla, excepto para la primera página si \family sans Primer -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset encabezado @@ -2925,7 +2907,7 @@ encabezado \family sans Primer -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset encabezado: @@ -2944,7 +2926,7 @@ Pie: excepto para la última página si se define \family sans Último -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset pie. @@ -2954,7 +2936,7 @@ pie. \family sans Último -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset pie: L @@ -2975,7 +2957,7 @@ vacías En este contexto, primera significa primero en este orden: \family sans Encabezado, Primer -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset encabezado @@ -2983,7 +2965,7 @@ encabezado , \family sans Pie, Último -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset pie @@ -5164,7 +5146,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Para comprender el uso de este comando, lee al final de la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -5209,7 +5191,7 @@ Se pueden insertar notas al pie en cada celda de una tabla larga. Las notas se muestran en la parte inferior de la página en la que esté la celda con la nota. La tabla -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -5269,7 +5251,7 @@ LTleft}{valor} \begin_layout Standard donde el valor puede tener cualquiera de las unidades listadas en el cuadro -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -6033,15 +6015,15 @@ Nota : El número de la tabla se incrementa para cada tabla larga, aunque no pongas leyenda en alguna de ellas. Por esto podría suceder que, p. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e., la tabla -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2.4 siga a la tabla -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2.1 en la lista de tablas debido a que hay dos tablas largas sin leyenda. @@ -6441,7 +6423,7 @@ tab \begin_layout Standard Esto es una referencia a la tabla -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -6471,7 +6453,7 @@ LaTeX-paquetes ! caption \end_inset , véase sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -6507,11 +6489,11 @@ LTcapwidth \series default . Por defecto es 4 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset in (4 -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset pulgadas). @@ -6531,7 +6513,7 @@ LTcapwidth}{anchura} \begin_layout Standard donde la anchura puede ser una de las unidades listadas en el apéndice -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -6898,15 +6880,15 @@ LTcapwidth}{5cm} \begin_layout Plain Layout Leyenda larga completa con anchura de 5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm leyenda larga completa con anchura de 5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm leyenda larga completa con anchura de 5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm @@ -6915,15 +6897,15 @@ status open \begin_layout Plain Layout Leyenda con anchura -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset = -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm @@ -7260,7 +7242,7 @@ LaTeX-paquetes ! caption , como en este documento, se usa la anchura de toda la página para el pie si utilizas el valor por defecto de 4 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset in para @@ -7271,20 +7253,20 @@ LTcapwidth \series default . En este caso, para conseguir exactamente un pie de 4 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset in, puedes poner un valor ligeramente diferente de 4.0 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset in, p. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. 3.99 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset in, o el comando de LaTeX @@ -7340,7 +7322,7 @@ caption*{texto de la leyenda} en vez del recuadro de leyenda de LyX. La etiqueta para referenciar la tabla se inserta en el primer encabezado. La tabla -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -9444,7 +9426,7 @@ Detrás del comando \series default como columnas haya delante de la actual. En la tabla -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -11008,7 +10990,7 @@ Al ajustar anchura fija en una columna se habilita la entrada de texto como \begin_layout Standard Para generar la tabla -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -11020,13 +11002,13 @@ reference "tab:Tabla-con-múltiples" , crea una tabla 3×3, marca la primera celda y clic-derecha sobre ella. En el diálogo que surge establece una anchura de 2.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm y escoge centro en alineación vertical y horizontal. La alineación vertical se utiliza para todas las celdas de la fila. Como nuestro texto es menor de 2.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm, sólo aparece una línea. @@ -11062,7 +11044,7 @@ hspace{0pt} en ERT antes de la palabra. Como el espacio es 0 la salida no cambia. La tabla -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -11101,7 +11083,7 @@ Tablas con y sin guión \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -11203,7 +11185,7 @@ i \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -11317,7 +11299,7 @@ i \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -11704,7 +11686,7 @@ i \begin_layout Standard Por ejemplo, para crear la tabla -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -11725,23 +11707,23 @@ multicolumna alineación centro \emph default y una anchura de 2.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm. Las columnas combinadas deberían tener exactamente la mitad de la anchura de la celda multicolumna, así que deberías ajustar 1.25 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm para la primera columna. La segunda columna tendrá entonces automáticamente 1.25 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm de anchura. Para la tabla -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -11909,7 +11891,7 @@ a, es un poco mayor. porque una celda es siempre algo mayor que la anchura dada. El apéndice -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -11955,11 +11937,11 @@ En nuestro caso tenemos \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm y los valores predeterminados para longitudes, así la ecuación -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -12348,7 +12330,7 @@ multirow{2}{2.5cm}{ como ERT. Según los parámetros del comando la multifila se expande a dos filas y tiene de ancho 2.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm. @@ -12450,7 +12432,7 @@ Tablas ! Estilo formal \begin_layout Standard En los libros, las tablas se suelen presentar en un formato como el de la tabla -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -12471,7 +12453,7 @@ formales Estilo \family default -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -12893,21 +12875,21 @@ Bordes del diálogo \family sans Configuración -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset la -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset tabla \family default , como se explica en la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -12929,11 +12911,11 @@ A diferencia de las tablas normales, las tablas formales no tienen líneas \end_inset Las líneas primera y última tienen un grosor predeterminado de 0.08 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em, las demás tienen un grosor predeterminado de 0.05 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em. @@ -12994,7 +12976,7 @@ midrule \series default . Puedes usar cualquiera de las unidades listadas en el apéndice -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -13049,7 +13031,7 @@ cmidrule \begin_layout Standard El grosor predeterminado es 0.03 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em. @@ -13090,12 +13072,12 @@ recorte l{2pt} \emph default significa que la línea se recorta 2 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt por su izquierda. Si no se especifica el tamaño las líneas se recortan por defecto en 0.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em. @@ -13117,7 +13099,7 @@ em. \begin_layout Standard La tabla -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -13177,7 +13159,7 @@ Quizá quieras superponer líneas cmidrules \series default como en la tabla -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -13201,7 +13183,7 @@ morecmidrules \begin_layout Standard El comando que se ha utilizado para la segunda fila de la tabla -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -13343,7 +13325,7 @@ System \begin_layout Plain Layout Medipix -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 1 @@ -13356,7 +13338,7 @@ Medipix \begin_layout Plain Layout Medipix -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 2 @@ -13751,7 +13733,7 @@ Para alinear tablas verticalmente en una línea de texto la tabla debe estar en un cuadro. Entonces el cuadro se puede alinear verticalmente como se describe en la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -13772,7 +13754,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Las minipáginas se describen en la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -13788,7 +13770,7 @@ reference "sec:Minipáginas" \end_inset que tiene una anchura de 15 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset col%: @@ -14462,7 +14444,7 @@ El uso del comando raisebox \series default se explica en la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -14753,18 +14735,18 @@ Si sólo necesitas color en el texto, marca las celdas y elige un color en \family sans Editar\SpecialChar \menuseparator Estilo -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset del -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Texto \family default . Esto se ha hecho en la tabla -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -14862,7 +14844,7 @@ dentro del comando >{} \series default se explica en la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -15043,11 +15025,11 @@ Para colorear caracteres en la tabla marca las celdas y usa el menú \family sans Editar\SpecialChar \menuseparator Estilo -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset del -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Texto @@ -15066,7 +15048,7 @@ Texto \begin_layout Standard Para crear la tabla -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -15126,11 +15108,11 @@ Ahora podrían colorearse los caracteres usando el menú \family sans Editar\SpecialChar \menuseparator Estilo -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset del -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Texto @@ -15409,7 +15391,7 @@ Color ! en bordes de tabla \begin_layout Standard Como se describe en la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -15428,7 +15410,7 @@ arrayrulewidth \series default . Se ha puesto 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt para todas las tablas de esta sección. @@ -15453,7 +15435,7 @@ arrayrulewidth}{1.5pt} Por ejemplo, para colorear todas las líneas verticales en verde, crea en el preámbulo del documento el siguiente formato de columna, de acuerdo a lo descrito en la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -15480,7 +15462,7 @@ vline}} \begin_layout Standard Para la tabla -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -15642,7 +15624,7 @@ sd \end_inset Para colorear líneas horizontales, por ejemplo en rojo, como en la tabla -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -15886,7 +15868,7 @@ myHlineC} \begin_layout Standard La tabla -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -16124,7 +16106,7 @@ Bordes, En el marco \family sans Espacio -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset adicional @@ -16134,15 +16116,15 @@ adicional \begin_layout Description Superior -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset la -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset fila añade espacio sobre los caracteres de la fila. @@ -16152,7 +16134,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Las tablas formales se explican en la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -16168,7 +16150,7 @@ reference "sec:Tablas-Formales" \end_inset LyX insertará 0.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em por defecto. @@ -16182,12 +16164,12 @@ em por defecto. \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hspace*{} +\begin_inset space \hspace*{} \length 0pt \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -16212,7 +16194,7 @@ A \begin_layout Plain Layout 3 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mm sobre la fila @@ -16237,11 +16219,11 @@ C \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hspace*{} +\begin_inset space \hspace*{} \length 0pt \end_inset @@ -16259,24 +16241,24 @@ Así pues, insertar espacio superior en tablas normales sólo es útil en tablas \begin_layout Description Inferior -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset la -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset fila añade espacio bajo los caracteres de la fila. Si la tabla es formal LyX inserta por defecto 0.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em; si la tabla es normal inserta 2 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. @@ -16285,16 +16267,16 @@ pt. \begin_layout Description Entre -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset las -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset filas añade espacio entre la fila actual y la siguiente. Si la tabla es formal LyX inserta 0.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em por defecto. @@ -16308,12 +16290,12 @@ em por defecto. \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hspace*{} +\begin_inset space \hspace*{} \length 0pt \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -16341,7 +16323,7 @@ A \end_inset 3 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mm entre las filas @@ -16359,7 +16341,7 @@ mm entre las filas \end_inset 3 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mm entre las filas @@ -16377,11 +16359,11 @@ mm entre las filas \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hspace*{} +\begin_inset space \hspace*{} \length 0pt \end_inset @@ -16478,15 +16460,15 @@ Personalización de tablas ! Alineación especial de celdas \begin_layout Standard A veces mejora la presentación si las entradas en las celdas de una columna se alinean con un carácter determinado, p. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset el separador decimal, como en la tabla -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -16641,7 +16623,7 @@ Esta es una tabla 4×2. \begin_layout Standard La tabla -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -16763,7 +16745,7 @@ relaciones \begin_layout Plain Layout 24 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset bottles @@ -16835,7 +16817,7 @@ bottles \begin_layout Plain Layout 768 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Pixels @@ -16907,7 +16889,7 @@ Pixels \begin_layout Plain Layout 6 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm @@ -16998,7 +16980,7 @@ LaTeX-paquetes ! dcolumn , que permite alinear el contenido de las celdas. Pero desgraciadamente trata las entradas de celda en modo matemático y no permite fórmulas en celdas: la primera columna de la tabla -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -17013,7 +16995,7 @@ reference "tab:Varias-alineaciones" dcolumn \series default como la primera columna en la tabla -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -17025,7 +17007,7 @@ reference "tab:Alineaciones-con-el" y sólo con algunos trucos se consigue lo que se espera. La alineación de la segunda y tercera columnas de la tabla -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -17128,7 +17110,7 @@ unidades \begin_layout Plain Layout 12x24 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset bottles @@ -17141,7 +17123,7 @@ bottles \begin_layout Plain Layout 12x24 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -17186,7 +17168,7 @@ times \begin_layout Plain Layout 1024x768 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Pixels @@ -17199,7 +17181,7 @@ Pixels \begin_layout Plain Layout 1024x768 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -17244,7 +17226,7 @@ times \begin_layout Plain Layout 32x6 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm @@ -17257,7 +17239,7 @@ cm \begin_layout Plain Layout 32x6 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -17332,7 +17314,7 @@ Personalización de tablas ! Formato de celda/columna \begin_layout Standard El cálculo de la anchura necesaria para columnas extendidas descrito en la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -17403,7 +17385,7 @@ hspace{0pt} \series default evita el problema de partir con guión la primera palabra, como se describe en la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -17566,7 +17548,7 @@ como argumento LaTeX. \begin_layout Standard Para crear la tabla -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -17800,11 +17782,11 @@ arrayrulewidth \series default . Por ejemplo, para poner un grosor de línea de 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt, como en la tabla -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -17837,7 +17819,7 @@ en ERT antes de la tabla o flotante. arrayrulewidth \series default a 0.4 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt en ERT detrás de la tabla o flotante. @@ -17875,7 +17857,7 @@ name "tab:Tabla-con-líneas" \end_inset Tabla con líneas de grosor 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt @@ -18013,11 +17995,11 @@ arrayrulewidth}{0.4pt} \end_inset Para definir un grosor de 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt sólo para líneas horizontales, como en la tabla -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -18156,7 +18138,7 @@ name "tab:Tabla-con-horizontales" \end_inset Tabla con líneas horizontales de 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt @@ -18298,7 +18280,7 @@ myHline} Para establecer un grosor de 1.5 pt sólo para líneas verticales, crea el siguiente formato de columna en el preámbulo del documento, de acuerdo con lo descrito en la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -18323,7 +18305,7 @@ vrule width 1.5pt}} \begin_layout Standard Para la tabla -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -18373,7 +18355,7 @@ name "tab:Tabla-con-verticales" \end_inset Tabla con líneas verticales de 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt de grosor @@ -18939,7 +18921,7 @@ como primer elemento de la primera celda en la fila de la multicolumna. \begin_layout Standard La tabla -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -19009,7 +18991,7 @@ LaTeX-paquetes ! colortbl \end_inset que se usa para tablas coloreadas en la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -19140,11 +19122,11 @@ flotar Las \family sans Notas -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset al -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset pie @@ -19152,11 +19134,11 @@ pie y \family sans Notas -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset al -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset margen @@ -19173,7 +19155,7 @@ Los flotantes hacen posible composiciones de alta calidad. cada flotante puede ser referenciado en el texto. Por lo tanto los flotantes están numerados. Las referencias se describen en la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -19203,7 +19185,7 @@ Leyenda, La imagen o tabla se inserta encima o debajo de la leyenda en un párrafo separado dentro del flotante. Más sobre colocación de leyendas se describe en la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -19243,7 +19225,7 @@ Tipos de flotantes \begin_layout Standard Además de los flotantes de imagen y de tabla que se describen en la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -19267,11 +19249,11 @@ Algoritmo y \series bold Ajustado -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset al -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset texto @@ -19365,7 +19347,7 @@ Guía del usuario \emph default de LyX. El algoritmo -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -19377,7 +19359,7 @@ reference "alg:Ejemplo-de-Algoritmo-flotante" es un ejemplo de algoritmo flotante en el que se ha añadido un espacio vertical de -4 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mm al final para tener la línea inferior exactamente bajo la última línea @@ -19430,11 +19412,11 @@ To insert the list of algorithms you can in this case not use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator List -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset / -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator @@ -19451,7 +19433,7 @@ List of Algorithms \backslash listof{algorithm}{your -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset name} @@ -19463,7 +19445,7 @@ name} where \family sans your -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset name @@ -19515,15 +19497,15 @@ numberwithin , marca la opción \family sans Usar -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset el -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset paquete -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset AMS @@ -19609,19 +19591,19 @@ Este tipo de flotante se usa cuando quieres adosar una figura al texto, Insertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator Flotante\SpecialChar \menuseparator Flotante -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset ajuste -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset texto @@ -19714,7 +19696,7 @@ Configuración de LaTeX La anchura y posición del flotante se ajusta con clic-derecha sobre el cuadro del flotante. La figura -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -19725,7 +19707,7 @@ reference "fig:Esto-es-una" \end_inset es un ejemplo de flotante ajustado al texto con una anchura del 40 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset col%. @@ -19734,7 +19716,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Ver unidades disponibles en el apéndice -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -19763,11 +19745,11 @@ status open Nota: \series default ¡Los flotantes adosados a texto son frágiles! P. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset si una figura está demasiado cerca de la parte inferior de la página se @@ -19918,15 +19900,15 @@ numberwithin , debes marcar la opción \family sans Usar -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset el -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset paquete -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset AMS @@ -19941,7 +19923,7 @@ de las preferencias del documento. \begin_layout Standard Puedes ver más detalles y notas importantes sobre comandos de numeración en la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -20011,11 +19993,11 @@ Etiqueta . LyX ofrece como texto las primeras palabras de la leyenda con un prefijo. El prefijo depende del tipo de flotante, p. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset para figuras el prefijo será @@ -20041,7 +20023,7 @@ Insertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator Referencia \family default -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -20088,15 +20070,15 @@ En cualquier momento puedes cambiar etiquetas pulsando sobre el cuadro. El botón \family sans Ir -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset a -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset la -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset etiqueta @@ -20171,7 +20153,7 @@ reference "eq:Wgn" \begin_layout Description : imprime el número de página: Página -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -20186,11 +20168,11 @@ reference "fig:Dos-imágenes-distorsionadas" \begin_layout Description en -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset página -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset : imprime el texto @@ -20213,15 +20195,15 @@ reference "fig:Dos-imágenes-distorsionadas" \begin_layout Description -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset en -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset página -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset : imprime el número flotante, el texto @@ -20244,11 +20226,11 @@ reference "fig:Dos-imágenes-distorsionadas" \begin_layout Description Referencia -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset con -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset formato: imprime un formato personalizado. @@ -20276,17 +20258,17 @@ prettyref \begin_layout Standard Ten en cuenta que el estilo -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset no imprime el número si la etiqueta está en la misma página, en la anterior o en la siguiente. En su lugar verás p. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset el texto @@ -20314,76 +20296,6 @@ Formato de la ventana de referencia cruzada, que aparece al pinchar sobre el cuadro. \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Referencias a subfiguras -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Referencias-a-Subfiguras" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Referencias ! a subfiguras -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Por el momento LyX no soporta las referencias a subfiguras, de modo que - hay que emplear comandos LaTeX. - La etiqueta se crea con el comando -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -label{fig:NombreEtiqueta} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -que se inserta directamente en el campo de leyenda de la subfigura. - Para referenciar la etiqueta añade el siguiente comando en ERT -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -ref{fig:NombreEtiqueta} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -en la posición del documento en la que quieras que aparezca la referencia. - Aquí hay una referencia a una subfigura: Subfigura -\begin_inset Space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -ref{fig:Platypus} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - \begin_layout Subsection Designación automática de referencias \begin_inset Index @@ -20407,11 +20319,11 @@ hyperref en las referencias cruzadas el nombre de los flotantes referidos (o partes de texto como secciones). Quieres p. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset escribir la palabra @@ -20505,17 +20417,17 @@ Nota: La designación automática de referencias no puede usarse en el estilo \family sans Referencia -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset con -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset formato \family default , descrita en la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -20709,7 +20621,7 @@ Pulsando con el botón derecho del ratón sobre un cuadro de flotante se abre La opción \family sans Extender -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset columnas @@ -20722,21 +20634,21 @@ columnas La opción \family sans Girar -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset a -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset un -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset lado \family default sirve para girar flotantes, ver sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -20755,11 +20667,11 @@ Puedes usar una o más de las siguientes opciones en el diálogo para establecer la posición de un flotante si desmarcas la opción \family sans Usar -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset ubicación -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset predeterminada @@ -20772,15 +20684,15 @@ predeterminada \family sans \series bold Aquí -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset si -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset es -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset posible @@ -20794,11 +20706,11 @@ posible \family sans \series bold Principio -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset página @@ -20812,11 +20724,11 @@ página \family sans \series bold Fin -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset página @@ -20830,11 +20742,11 @@ página \family sans \series bold Página -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset flotantes @@ -20853,15 +20765,15 @@ siempre lugar \family sans Aquí -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset si -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset es -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset posible @@ -20869,11 +20781,11 @@ posible , luego \family sans Principio -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset página @@ -20894,17 +20806,17 @@ De forma predeterminada cada una de las opciones tiene sus propias reglas: \family sans Principio -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset página: \family default sólo si el flotante ocupa menos del 70 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset % de la página puede ubicarse al principio de página ( @@ -20921,17 +20833,17 @@ topfraction \family sans Fin -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset página: \family default sólo si el flotante ocupa menos del 30 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset % de la página puede ubicarse al fin de página. @@ -20949,17 +20861,17 @@ bottomfraction \family sans Página -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset flotantes: \family default sólo si más del 50 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset % de la página se ocupa por flotantes puede haber varios juntos en la misma @@ -20978,15 +20890,15 @@ Si no te agradan estas reglas puedes ignorarlas marcando la opción adicional \family sans Ignorar -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset reglas -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset LaTeX @@ -21003,7 +20915,7 @@ También puedes redefinir las reglas con los comandos LaTeX que van entre Fin \family default -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -21011,7 +20923,7 @@ Fin de \family default -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -21019,7 +20931,7 @@ de página \family default al 50 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset %, añade esta línea en el preámbulo: @@ -21041,7 +20953,7 @@ En determinados casos podrías necesitar ubicar un flotante exactamente en Para esto puedes usar la opción \family sans Aquí -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset definitivamente @@ -21146,7 +21058,7 @@ LaTeX-paquetes ! endfloat \family sans [Figure -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 3.2 about here.] @@ -21195,7 +21107,7 @@ Nota: endfloat \series default no traduce automáticamente la indicación, hay que hacerlo manualmente, ver sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 4 en @@ -21307,15 +21219,15 @@ Podrías necesitar girar flotantes, especialmente con tablas grandes. la opción \family sans Girar -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset a -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset un -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset lado @@ -21342,7 +21254,7 @@ figuresright \begin_layout Standard Los flotantes girados se refieren igual que los normales, y el formato de la leyenda también es el mismo: un ejemplo es la tabla -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -21481,7 +21393,7 @@ Flotantes ! Adosados \begin_layout Standard Para colocar flotantes unos junto a otros, como en la figura -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -21509,7 +21421,7 @@ status open \begin_layout Plain Layout Las minipáginas se explican en la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -21526,7 +21438,7 @@ reference "sec:Minipáginas" . La anchura se establece en 45-50 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset % de la columna y la alineación en @@ -21539,15 +21451,15 @@ Inferior La única diferencia es que el \family sans Ancho -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset columna -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset % @@ -21609,7 +21521,7 @@ Flotante en el lado izquierdo. \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -21718,11 +21630,11 @@ Flotantes \family default . En LyX las leyendas se muestran como etiqueta, p. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -21816,7 +21728,7 @@ captionsetup[tipo de flotante]{definición de formato} \begin_layout Standard en el preámbulo del documento. Por ejemplo las leyendas de la Figura -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -21827,7 +21739,7 @@ reference "fig:Esto-es-una-fig" \end_inset y la tabla -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -21951,7 +21863,7 @@ Imagen \end_inset , p. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e., usa el siguiente comando de preámbulo: @@ -22033,7 +21945,7 @@ letter (koma-script) report (koma-script) \family default -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset ), puedes emplear en vez del paquete @@ -22364,7 +22276,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Ver la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -22424,7 +22336,7 @@ letter (koma-script) report (koma-script) \family default -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset ), en vez de @@ -22858,7 +22770,7 @@ TabBesEnd \begin_layout Standard La figura -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -22869,7 +22781,7 @@ reference "fig:encab-al-lado" \end_inset y la tabla -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -22981,7 +22893,7 @@ sidecaptionvpos{figure}{c} \begin_layout Standard Esto se ha hecho en la figura -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -23036,7 +22948,7 @@ LaTeX-paquetes ! hypcap \end_inset , descrito en la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -23583,7 +23495,7 @@ Nota \begin_layout Description Nota -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset LyX Este tipo es para notas internas que no han de aparecer en la salida. @@ -23656,11 +23568,11 @@ Una nota comentario que sólo aparece como comentario en archivos LaTeX. \begin_layout Description Resaltado -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset en -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset gris Esta nota aparece en la salida como texto resaltado en gris. @@ -23838,7 +23750,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Los cuadros enmarcados se describen en la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -23907,7 +23819,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Los cuadros coloreados se describen en la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -23940,7 +23852,7 @@ Si usas el botón de la barra de herramientas para insertar notas, se inserta una \family sans Nota -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset LyX @@ -24016,7 +23928,7 @@ egroup} \begin_layout Standard Los colores disponibles y el método para definir nuestros propios colores se explica en la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24064,7 +23976,7 @@ El grosor predeterminado del marco en las notas Enmarcadas \family default es 0.4 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt; se puede cambiar con el comando @@ -24077,7 +23989,7 @@ FrameRule El espacio entre el contenido y el marco es 9 \series bold -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -24177,7 +24089,7 @@ Para las notas Sombreadas \family default el espacio entre el contenido y el borde es 3 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt por defecto; se puede cambiar con @@ -24206,7 +24118,7 @@ def\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} inecolor \series default se explica en la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24235,7 +24147,7 @@ color en el preámbulo, véase la sección \series bold -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24328,7 +24240,7 @@ Texto amarillo en una nota Sombreada \family default -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset con fondo verde oscuro. @@ -24408,11 +24320,11 @@ Las notas al pie se insertan con el botón \family sans Insertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator Nota -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset al -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset pie @@ -24526,7 +24438,7 @@ En la salida, el pie se muestra como número exponente en el lugar del texto Las notas al pie pueden referenciarse como flotantes: inserta una etiqueta en la nota y pon una referencia cruzada a esta etiqueta en el texto como se describe en la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24541,7 +24453,7 @@ reference "sec:Referencias-a-Flotantes" \end_inset Esto es una referencia cruzada a la Nota al pie -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24566,11 +24478,11 @@ Nota: \series default LyX no suministra prefijos para etiquetas en notas al pie, así que has de insertar un prefijo, p. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24588,11 +24500,11 @@ pie: manualmente cuando quieras usar el estilo \family sans Referencia -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset con -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset formato @@ -24610,7 +24522,7 @@ formato \end_inset Para poner notas al pie en tablas, tienes que usar minipáginas, ver sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24622,7 +24534,7 @@ reference "sec:Minipáginas" . Los pies en tablas largas en la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24655,15 +24567,15 @@ Como no sabes el número del pie que se repite mientras escribes el texto, tienes que guardarlo. Para el siguiente ejemplo de marca de pie, se han insertado estos comandos en ERT detrás de Nota -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset al -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset pie -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24977,7 +24889,7 @@ numberwithin Usar \family default -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24985,7 +24897,7 @@ Usar el \family default -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24993,7 +24905,7 @@ el paquete \family default -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -25134,15 +25046,15 @@ Notas al pie ! Colocación Si tienes varias notas al pie de una página, se muestran sin espacio vertical entre ellas al final de la página. Para hacerlas más legibles puedes añadir p. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mm con el comando siguiente en el preámbulo: @@ -25178,7 +25090,7 @@ vspace{1.5mm}}} En documentos a dos columnas la nota al pie aparece al final de cada columna, ver la figura -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -25191,7 +25103,7 @@ reference "fig:Colocación-standard-del-pie" . Si las notas debieran mostrarse sólo al final de la columna derecha, como en la figura -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -25365,7 +25277,7 @@ ftnright En alguna literatura científica es habitual reunir las notas para imprimirlas en un párrafo separado al final de la sección, como en la figura -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -25542,7 +25454,7 @@ notesname}{Notas} La numeración de notas finales puede cambiarse como la de las notas al pie, como se describe en la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -25572,7 +25484,7 @@ theendnote @addtoreset \series default como se describe en la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -25607,7 +25519,7 @@ endnotemark[número] footnotemark \series default , descrito en la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -25681,11 +25593,11 @@ Las notas al margen se ven y se comportan en LyX como notas al pie. \family sans Insertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator Nota -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset al -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset margen @@ -25877,7 +25789,7 @@ PalabraMuyLargaAlMargen no partida con guión. \family default \series default Como en el caso descrito en la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26057,7 +25969,7 @@ marginnote \begin_layout Standard donde offset es una longitud en una de las unidades de la tabla -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26074,7 +25986,7 @@ reference "tab:Unidades" \family roman \series medium Por ejemplo la nota adjunta a esta línea de texto está desplazada 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm arriba con el comando ERT @@ -26097,7 +26009,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Esta nota está 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm por encima de su posición original. @@ -26568,7 +26480,7 @@ Cuadros ! Introducción \begin_layout Standard Los cuadros se emplean para dar formato a bloques de texto. Se pueden usar para escribir documentos con varios lenguajes, ver sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26579,7 +26491,7 @@ reference "sec:Minipáginas" \end_inset , enmarcar textos, ver sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26590,7 +26502,7 @@ reference "sec:Cuadros-Enmarcados" \end_inset , evitar la división de palabras, ver sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26601,7 +26513,7 @@ reference "sec:Evitar-la-Partición" \end_inset , alinear texto, ver sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26612,7 +26524,7 @@ reference "sub:Alineación-Vertical" \end_inset , o para poner color de fondo a un texto, ver sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26658,7 +26570,7 @@ Cuadro (Minipágina) Cuadro \family default -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26695,7 +26607,7 @@ Minipágina Minipágina \family default es el predeterminado para nuevos cuadros y se explica en la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26710,7 +26622,7 @@ reference "sec:Minipáginas" Parbox \family default se describe en la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26765,7 +26677,7 @@ Nota: Por razones desconocidas sólo se puede poner el tipo \family sans Cuadro -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset interior @@ -26778,13 +26690,13 @@ Ninguno Los cuadros sin ningún tipo de \family sans Cuadro -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset interior \family default y sin marcos se explican en la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26848,7 +26760,7 @@ Alto \family default . Las unidades disponibles para la geometría se explican en la tabla -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26905,7 +26817,7 @@ status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center Cuadro con altura establecida en 1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Profundidad @@ -26927,11 +26839,11 @@ Profundidad \begin_layout Description Alto Es la altura del texto que está dentro del cuadro. Un valor de, p. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2 para este tamaño fijará la altura del cuadro a 2 veces la altura del texto: @@ -26951,7 +26863,7 @@ status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center Cuadro con altura puesta en 2 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Alto @@ -26964,15 +26876,15 @@ Alto \begin_layout Description Alto -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset total Esto es el Alto -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset + -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Profundidad: @@ -26991,11 +26903,11 @@ status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center Cuadro con altura puesta a 1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Alto -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset total @@ -27023,7 +26935,7 @@ status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center Cuadro con altura puesta en 1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Ancho @@ -27052,7 +26964,7 @@ Cuadros ! Alineación Si has elegido un \family sans Cuadro -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset interior @@ -27148,11 +27060,11 @@ Nota: \lang english The vertical box aligment can be lost in the output when you have two boxes in a line and one has e. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset a shadow and the other one not. @@ -27175,7 +27087,7 @@ La alineación horizontal del cuadro puede establecerse en el diálogo de Si has escogido un \family sans Cuadro -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset interior @@ -27306,7 +27218,7 @@ Para estirar horizontalmente el contenido usa el diálogo de párrafos de LyX cuando hayas escogido un \family sans Cuadro -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset interior @@ -27352,7 +27264,7 @@ estirado Si no has establecido un \family sans Cuadro -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset interior @@ -27418,7 +27330,7 @@ Tipo \begin_layout Description Marco -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset rectangular Dibuja un marco rectangular alrededor del cuadro. @@ -27454,15 +27366,15 @@ Cuadro rectangular \begin_layout Description Marco -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset ovalado, -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset fino Dibuja un marco ovalado cuya línea tiene un grosor de 0.4 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. @@ -27491,15 +27403,15 @@ Marco ovalado, fino \begin_layout Description Marco -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset ovalado, -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset grueso Dibuja un marco ovalado cuya línea tiene un grosor de 0.8 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. @@ -27528,11 +27440,11 @@ Cuadro ovalado, grueso \begin_layout Description Marco -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset con -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset sombra Dibuja un cuadro rectangular con sombra alrededor del cuadro. @@ -27543,7 +27455,7 @@ sombra Dibuja un cuadro rectangular con sombra alrededor del cuadro. fboxrule \series default , la sombra tiene una anchura de 4 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. @@ -27572,12 +27484,12 @@ Marco sombrado \begin_layout Description Marco -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset doble Dibuja un rectángulo de línea doble alrededor del cuadro. El grosor de la línea interior es 0.75 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -27587,7 +27499,7 @@ doble Dibuja un rectángulo de línea doble alrededor del cuadro. fboxrule \series default , el de la línea exterior es 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -27598,7 +27510,7 @@ fboxrule \series default . La distancia entre líneas es 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -27608,15 +27520,15 @@ fboxrule fboxrule \series default -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset + -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 0.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. @@ -27677,24 +27589,24 @@ El valor predeterminado por fboxrule \series default es 0.4 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. Puede cambiarse con el siguiente comando en ERT, p. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset a -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt: @@ -27747,15 +27659,15 @@ Cuadro rectangular con fboxrule \series default -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset = -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 2 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt @@ -27786,7 +27698,7 @@ fboxrule}{0.4pt} \end_inset El espacio entre el marco y el contenido del cuadro es 3 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt por defecto para todos los estilos. @@ -27812,7 +27724,7 @@ fboxsep}{10pt} \begin_layout Standard determina un valor de 10 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt, como en el siguiente cuadro: @@ -27855,15 +27767,15 @@ Cuadro rectangular con fboxsep \series default -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset = -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 10 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt @@ -27914,7 +27826,7 @@ cornersize*{1cm} \begin_layout Standard establece un diámetro de 1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm. @@ -27933,11 +27845,11 @@ cornersize{num} fija el diámetro en \family sans num -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset × -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mínimo @@ -27991,15 +27903,15 @@ Cuadro ovalado con cornersize \series default -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset = -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm @@ -28035,7 +27947,7 @@ shadowsize \series default . Este comando la ajusta a 2 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt en el cuadro siguiente: @@ -28088,15 +28000,15 @@ Cuadro sombreado con shadowsize \series default -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset = -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 2 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt @@ -28163,14 +28075,14 @@ Las minipáginas son útiles para escribir documentos con distintos lenguajes. \begin_layout Standard A continuación hay dos ejemplos de minipáginas adosadas. Su anchura está puesta en 45 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset col% y separadas por un relleno horizontal, insertado vía el menú \family sans Insertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator Formato -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -28178,12 +28090,12 @@ Formato es \family sans pecial -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \SpecialChar \menuseparator Relleno -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset horizontal @@ -28239,7 +28151,7 @@ Dies ist eine deutsche Fußnote. \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -28609,17 +28521,17 @@ h La configuración global de párrafos se ignora en las minipáginas. Esto significa que en las mismas no habrá espacio entre párrafos aunque pongas p. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \family sans Salto -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset medio @@ -28630,7 +28542,7 @@ medio \begin_layout Standard Las minipáginas también sirven para poner un color de fondo para partes de texto, ver sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -28898,20 +28810,20 @@ Por supuesto, la palabra sobresale del margen. \family sans Insertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator Formato -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset especial -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \SpecialChar \menuseparator Salto -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -29016,11 +28928,11 @@ La elevación puede ser un valor positivo para subir el cuadro o negativo \begin_layout Standard Para alinear una palabra, p. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -29459,7 +29371,7 @@ white \end_inset También puedes definir tus propios colores según se explica en la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -29590,7 +29502,7 @@ fboxrule fboxsep \series default , respectivamente, como se describe en la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -29617,7 +29529,7 @@ fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{ \begin_layout Standard Este es un ejemplo en el que se ha puesto un grosor de 1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mm para la línea del marco: @@ -31038,7 +30950,7 @@ se pueden insertar archivos externos en un documento. \begin_layout Description Documento -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset LyX Otro documento LyX; su contenido se inserta directamente en tu documento. @@ -31046,15 +30958,15 @@ LyX Otro documento LyX; su contenido se inserta directamente en tu documento. \begin_layout Description Texto -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset simple -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset como -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset líneas Un documento de texto; cada línea del mismo se inserta en tu documento @@ -31063,15 +30975,15 @@ líneas Un documento de texto; cada línea del mismo se inserta en tu documento \begin_layout Description Texto -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset simple -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset como -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset párrafos Un documento de texto; cada línea del texto se inserta tal como @@ -31081,7 +30993,7 @@ párrafos Un documento de texto; cada línea del texto se inserta tal como \begin_layout Description Material -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset externo Archivos en diversos formatos. @@ -31089,7 +31001,7 @@ externo Archivos en diversos formatos. \begin_layout Description Documento -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset hijo Documentos LyX, LaTeX o texto simple. @@ -31124,7 +31036,7 @@ El material externo se puede insertar mediante el diálogo que surge a partir Insertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator Archivo\SpecialChar \menuseparator Material -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset externo @@ -31139,11 +31051,11 @@ Plantillas \begin_layout Description Diagrama -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset ajedrez Esta plantilla soporta diagramas posicionales de ajedrez hechos @@ -31178,7 +31090,7 @@ Día-Mes-Año. \lang english -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -31213,7 +31125,7 @@ today \series default en ERT. Los distintos métodos se comparan en la tabla -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -31258,7 +31170,7 @@ Material Externo Gráficos \family default , tal como se explica en la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -31532,7 +31444,7 @@ El material externo se muestra en LyX como un cuadro del tipo: o como imagen, según la configuración elegida en la solapa \family sans Vista -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset LyX @@ -31604,7 +31516,7 @@ Archivo \family sans Documento -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset hijo @@ -31648,7 +31560,7 @@ La numeración de secciones tiene en cuenta las secciones de los archivos El documento incluido de ejemplo tiene una subsección que se numera como subsección de la presente sección. Las etiquetas de los documentos incluidos se pueden referenciar: Subsección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -31686,7 +31598,7 @@ includeonly \series default se inserta en el preámbulo del documento maestro, poniendo como argumento una lista de los nombres de archivo separados con comas, p. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. @@ -31767,11 +31679,11 @@ Los archivos del tipo Entrada no comienzan en página nueva ni acaban con Los archivos del tipo Entrada se pueden visualizar en LyX si la \family sans Vista -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset preliminar -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset inmediata @@ -31862,7 +31774,7 @@ Archivo \family sans Texto -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset simple @@ -31937,15 +31849,15 @@ literal \begin_layout Description Listado -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset programa Este tipo se describe en el capítulo -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -32025,11 +31937,11 @@ Para incluir y tipografiar código de programación puedes usar la opción \family sans Insertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator Listado -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset programa. @@ -32063,7 +31975,7 @@ Por defecto, al insertar un listado de programa se inicia un párrafo nuevo. La opción de ubicación \family sans Listado -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset insertado @@ -32147,7 +32059,7 @@ p la sección \family sans -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -32164,13 +32076,13 @@ reference "sec:Colocación-de-Flotantes" p. \family sans -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset \family default e. -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -32237,7 +32149,7 @@ lstlistingname}{Listado} ( \emph on N. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset del t. @@ -32249,7 +32161,7 @@ del t. . Los listados de programa se pueden referenciar como los flotantes: Listado -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -32372,11 +32284,11 @@ suministran negritas.) En la sección \family sans Numeración -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset líneas @@ -32405,15 +32317,15 @@ Además, puedes especificar un rango de líneas para que sólo éstas aparezcan La opción \family sans Tabla -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset caracteres -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset extendida @@ -32558,7 +32470,7 @@ También es posible imprimir como listado de programa líneas de un archivo. Insertar\SpecialChar \menuseparator Archivo\SpecialChar \menuseparator Documento -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset hijo @@ -32573,7 +32485,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Los restantes tipos de documento hijo se describen en la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -32613,7 +32525,7 @@ Referencia cruzada. \begin_layout Standard A continuación hay un ejemplo, Listado -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -32625,11 +32537,11 @@ reference "lst:archivo-listado" , de inserción de líneas de un archivo; en él se incluye el rango de las líneas 10 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset - -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 15 de este archivo LyX. @@ -32656,11 +32568,11 @@ Las preferencias globales se pueden establecer en el diálogo Documento\SpecialChar \menuseparator Configuración\SpecialChar \menuseparator Diseño -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset del -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset texto. @@ -32684,7 +32596,7 @@ Para más información sobre el paquete listings \series default , consulta su documentación -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -32728,7 +32640,7 @@ name "cha:Unidades-disponibles-en" \begin_layout Standard Para comprender las unidades utilizadas en este manual, el cuadro -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -32875,11 +32787,11 @@ pt \begin_layout Plain Layout punto (72.27 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt = 1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset in) @@ -32903,11 +32815,11 @@ pc \begin_layout Plain Layout pica (1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pc = 12 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt) @@ -32931,11 +32843,11 @@ sp \begin_layout Plain Layout punto escalado (65536 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset sp = 1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt) @@ -32959,11 +32871,11 @@ bp \begin_layout Plain Layout punto grande (72 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset bp = 1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset in) @@ -32987,7 +32899,7 @@ dd \begin_layout Plain Layout didot (1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset dd @@ -32995,7 +32907,7 @@ dd \end_inset 0.376 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mm) @@ -33019,11 +32931,11 @@ cc \begin_layout Plain Layout cicero (1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cc = 12 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset dd) @@ -33235,11 +33147,11 @@ mu \begin_layout Plain Layout unidad matemática (1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mu = 1/18 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) @@ -33385,7 +33297,7 @@ Ver\SpecialChar \menuseparator DVI \family default o con el botón -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -33548,7 +33460,7 @@ Ver\SpecialChar \menuseparator Postscript \family default o con el botón -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -33704,7 +33616,7 @@ Exportar \begin_layout Description PDF -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ps2pdf) Este utiliza el programa @@ -33722,7 +33634,7 @@ dvips \begin_layout Description PDF -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (dvipdfm) Este utiliza el programa @@ -33735,7 +33647,7 @@ dvipdfm \begin_layout Description PDF -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) Este utiliza el programa @@ -33749,7 +33661,7 @@ pdftex Se recomienda usar \family sans PDF -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) @@ -33773,7 +33685,7 @@ La salida en formato PDF se puede ver con el menú Ver \family default o con el botón -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -33786,7 +33698,7 @@ o con el botón (que usa \family sans PDF -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) @@ -33796,7 +33708,7 @@ PDF \begin_layout Chapter Explicación de la ecuación -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -33850,7 +33762,7 @@ donde tabcolsep \series default es la longitud LaTeX entre el texto y el borde de la celda, 6 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt por defecto. @@ -33861,7 +33773,7 @@ pt por defecto. arrayrulewidth \series default es el grosor de línea del borde, 0.4 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt por defecto. @@ -33869,7 +33781,7 @@ pt por defecto. \begin_layout Standard Procediendo como en la ecuación -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -33897,7 +33809,7 @@ W_{\mathrm{tot\, mult}}=W_{g\,\mathrm{mult}}+2\cdot\backslash\mbox{tabcolsep}+2\ \begin_layout Standard Igualando las ecuaciones -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -34443,7 +34355,7 @@ target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16" sobre características nuevas para la versión \family sans LyX -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1.6.0 @@ -34495,7 +34407,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Véase la sección -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset diff --git a/lib/doc/fr/EmbeddedObjects.lyx b/lib/doc/fr/EmbeddedObjects.lyx index 1092780a83..ca4f047a63 100644 --- a/lib/doc/fr/EmbeddedObjects.lyx +++ b/lib/doc/fr/EmbeddedObjects.lyx @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -#LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ -\lyxformat 334 +#LyX 1.6.0beta2 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 335 \begin_document \begin_header \textclass scrbook @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ status collapsed Graphique Cet onglet vous permet de choisir le fichier contenant votre image et d'ajuster l'apparence qu'elle aura sur la sortie imprimée. Les unités de longueurs utilisées sont décrites dans l'appendice -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -500,11 +500,11 @@ La taille de l'image peut être modifiée, soit en donnant un facteur d'échelle \family sans Conserver -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset les -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset proportions @@ -522,11 +522,11 @@ Les images peuvent être modifiée en utilisant le programme de votre choix \family sans Formats -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset fichiers @@ -546,11 +546,11 @@ Rogner Une autre façon d'ajuster la hauteur et la largeur de l'image dans dans le fichier en appuyant sur le bouton \family sans Valeurs -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset du -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Fichier @@ -559,23 +559,23 @@ Fichier Avec l'option \family sans Couper -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset à -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset la -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset boîte -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset délimitation, @@ -593,15 +593,15 @@ Rogner \family sans Options -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset LaTeX -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset et -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset LyX @@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ LyX en faire une sous-figure avec sa propre légende si elle incorporée dans un flottant de figure. Les sous-figures sont décrites dans la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -637,19 +637,19 @@ L'option Mode brouillon fait que l'image apparaîtra sur la sortie sous la L'option \family sans ne -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset pas -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset décompresser -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset à -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset l'exportation @@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ x.eps.gz Les graphiques EPS zippés sont utiles pour économiser de la place sur les disques quand on utilise PostScript comme format de sortie, voir l'appendice -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -728,7 +728,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Les format d'images sont décrits dans la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -814,7 +814,7 @@ Figures ! Flottants \begin_layout Standard Pour des explications d'ordre général concernant les flottants, jetez un coup d'œil à la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ Figure \series bold Figure -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset #: @@ -860,7 +860,7 @@ Figure (# est le numéro réel de l'image). Vous pouvez insérer l'image au dessus de la légende comme pour la figure -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -871,7 +871,7 @@ reference "fig:kill-plat" \end_inset ou en dessous de la légende comme pour la Figure -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -884,7 +884,7 @@ reference "fig:escher" . Vous trouverez plus d'information sur le positionnement des légendes dans la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -995,7 +995,7 @@ Références ! à des Figures \end_inset Les figure -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -1037,7 +1037,7 @@ Insérer \family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Référence -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset croisée @@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@ la figure ci-dessous \end_inset Le référencement est expliqué plus en détail dans la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -1086,15 +1086,15 @@ En principe on met une figure dans un flottant, mais parfois vous pouvez sur l'image et allez sur l'onglet \family sans Options -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset LaTeX -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset et -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset LyX @@ -1102,7 +1102,7 @@ LyX , cochez l'option \family sans Sous -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset figure @@ -1110,26 +1110,8 @@ figure et tapez la légende dans le champ qui vient d'être activé. Notez que seule la légende principale des flottants est reprise dans la Liste des Figures. -\begin_inset Newline newline -\end_inset - -Le référencement des sous-figures est expliqué dans la section -\begin_inset Space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset CommandInset ref -LatexCommand ref -reference "sub:Référencer-Sousfigures" - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -La figure -\begin_inset Space ~ + La figure +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -1151,7 +1133,7 @@ sideways false status open \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -1186,7 +1168,7 @@ Undefinable structure \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -1222,7 +1204,7 @@ status open \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -1285,7 +1267,7 @@ Figures ! Formats d'images \begin_layout Standard Vous pouvez insérer des images dans n'importe quel format connu. Mais, comme nous l'avons expliqué dans l'appendice -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -1313,7 +1295,7 @@ ons en n'utilisant que les formats listés dans les sous sections de \lang french l'appendice -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -1333,19 +1315,19 @@ Comme pour les polices de caractères, il y a deux grands types de formats \begin_layout Description Les -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset images -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Matricielles -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ou -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset bitmap) l'image est décomposée en une mosaïque des points (ou pixels), souvent @@ -1526,19 +1508,19 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Description Les -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset images -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Vectorielles -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ou -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset redimensionnables) l'image est décrite sous forme d'objets, ou vecteurs @@ -2093,7 +2075,7 @@ Tableau Avec cet onglet, vous pouvez choisir l'alignement horizontal et vertical de la ligne courante. Une largeur fixée va permettre aux cellules d'avoir des sauts de lignes et donc, plusieurs paragraphes de texte, voir la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2111,7 +2093,7 @@ reference "sub:Lignes-multiple-dans-cellule" Vous pouvez aussi marquer une ou plusieurs cellules d'une ligne comme étant un multicolonne, voir la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2128,19 +2110,19 @@ reference "sub:Multicolonnes" L'option \family sans Tourner -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset la -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset case -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 90° @@ -2149,19 +2131,19 @@ de L'option \family sans Tourner -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset le -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset tableau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 90° @@ -2200,7 +2182,7 @@ pas \lang french On peut aussi entrer des paramètres LaTeX pour obtenir des mise en formes spéciales pour le tableau, voir les sections -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2240,7 +2222,7 @@ Formel Défaut \family default va convertir le tableau en tableau formel comme on le décrit dans la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2256,7 +2238,7 @@ reference "sec:Tableaux-Formels" Vous pouvez aussi utiliser cet onglet pour ajouter un espacement vertical dans les lignes du tableau comme c'est décrit dans la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2271,7 +2253,7 @@ reference "sub:Espacement-lignes" \begin_layout Description Tableau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset long Cet onglet est utilisé pour transformer un tableau en ce que l'on nomme @@ -2289,7 +2271,7 @@ tableau long qui peut continuer sur plusieurs pages. Les sections -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2349,7 +2331,7 @@ La barre d'outils tableau est une alternative à la fenêtre de dialogue qui \family sans Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator Barres -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset d'outils\SpecialChar \menuseparator @@ -2675,7 +2657,7 @@ Tableau ! Flottants \begin_layout Standard Pour des explications générales sur les flottants, jetez un œil à la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2856,7 +2838,7 @@ Le flottant apparaît à l'écran comme une boîte repliable avec une légende \end_inset Tableau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset #: @@ -2869,7 +2851,7 @@ Tableau \begin_layout Standard Le tableau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2924,7 +2906,7 @@ status open \begin_layout Plain Layout Pour plus d'information voyez la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -2954,7 +2936,7 @@ Le paquetage caption \series default , qui est décrit dans la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -3001,7 +2983,7 @@ Insérer \family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Référence -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset croisée @@ -3019,7 +3001,7 @@ croisée \end_inset Les références croisées sont expliquées en détail dans la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -3068,15 +3050,15 @@ Si un tableau est trop haut pour tenir sur un page, vous pouvez utiliser l'option \family sans Utiliser -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset les -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset tableaux -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset longs @@ -3084,7 +3066,7 @@ longs de l'onglet \family sans Tableau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset long @@ -3092,11 +3074,11 @@ long de la fenêtre \family sans Paramètres -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset du -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset tableau @@ -3113,7 +3095,7 @@ En-tête: La ligne courante et toutes celles situées au-dessus et qui n'ont première page, si \family sans Premier -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset en-tête @@ -3124,7 +3106,7 @@ en-tête \begin_layout Description Premier -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset En-tête: La ligne courante et toutes celles situées au-dessus et qui n'ont @@ -3139,7 +3121,7 @@ Pied: La ligne courante et toutes celles situées au-dessous et qui n'ont dernière page si \family sans Dernier -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset pied @@ -3149,7 +3131,7 @@ pied \begin_layout Description Dernier -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset pied: La ligne courante et toutes celles situées au-dessous et qui n'ont @@ -3183,7 +3165,7 @@ est vide Dans ce contexte, première veut dire première en suivant l'ordre \family sans Pied, Dernier -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Pied, @@ -3191,7 +3173,7 @@ Pied, et \family sans En-tête, Premier -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset En-tête @@ -5368,7 +5350,7 @@ status open \begin_layout Plain Layout Voyez la note grisée de la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -5413,7 +5395,7 @@ Vous pouvez insérer des notes de bas de page dans chaque cellule d'un tableau Elles apparaissent en bas de la page dans laquelle se trouve la cellule contenant la note. Par exemple le tableau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -5478,7 +5460,7 @@ Où valeur \series default peut avoir n'importe laquelle des unités listées dans le tableau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -5520,7 +5502,7 @@ Le tableau long suivant a été aligné à gauche en mettant LTleft \series default à 0 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. @@ -6239,11 +6221,11 @@ Note: Le numéro de tableau est incrémenté à chaque tableau long, même si vous n'avez pas prévu de légende. À cause de ça, vous pouvez avoir le cas où par exemple le tableau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2.4 suit le tableau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2.1 dans la liste des tableaux, si entre les deux il y a deux tableaux longs @@ -6651,7 +6633,7 @@ tab: \begin_layout Standard Ceci est une référence au tableau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -6681,7 +6663,7 @@ Paquetages LaTeX ! caption \end_inset , voir la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -6717,7 +6699,7 @@ LTcapwidth \series default . Sa valeur par défaut est 4 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset in. @@ -6739,7 +6721,7 @@ LTcapwidth}{largeur} \begin_layout Standard où la largeur peur être exprimée avec les unités qui sont listées dans l'appendi ce -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -7106,15 +7088,15 @@ LTcapwidth}{5cm} \begin_layout Plain Layout long titre complet avec la largeur réglée à 5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm long titre complet avec la largeur réglée à 5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm long titre complet avec la largeur réglée à 5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm @@ -7123,15 +7105,15 @@ status open \begin_layout Plain Layout Légende avec largeur à -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset = -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm @@ -7471,7 +7453,7 @@ Paquetages LaTeX ! caption , comme c'est les cas dans ce document, la légende prend toute la largeur de la page quand on utilise la largeur par défaut de 4 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset in pour @@ -7482,12 +7464,12 @@ LTcapwidth \series default . Pour avoir dans ce cas une légende qui fasse exactement 4 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset in de large, vous pouvez soit prendre une valeur très légèrement différente, comme par exemple 3.99 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset in, soit utiliser la commande LaTeX @@ -7556,7 +7538,7 @@ caption*{caption text} L'étiquette utilisée pour faire référence à ce tableau est insérée dans la légende du premier en-tête. Le tableau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -9665,7 +9647,7 @@ Après la commande qu'il y a de colonnes avant la colonne traitée. Dans le tableau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -11251,7 +11233,7 @@ En fixant la largeur d'une colonne, on permet d'entrer du texte sous forme \begin_layout Standard Pour obtenir le tableau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -11265,13 +11247,13 @@ reference "tab:Tableau-avec-plusieurs-lignes" droit dessus. Dans la fenêtre de dialogue qui s'ouvre fixez une largeur de cellule de 2.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm et choisissez les alignements vertical et horizontal centrés. L'alignement vertical va s'appliquer à toutes les cellules de la ligne. Comme notre texte est plus petit que 2.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm, une seule ligne va apparaître. @@ -11307,7 +11289,7 @@ hspace{0pt} en code TeX avant votre mot. Comme l'espace est égal à zéro, la sortie ne sera pas modifiée. Le tableau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -11346,7 +11328,7 @@ Tableau avec et sans césure. \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -11448,7 +11430,7 @@ i \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -11562,7 +11544,7 @@ i \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -11949,7 +11931,7 @@ i \begin_layout Standard Par exemple, pour créer le tableau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -11972,33 +11954,33 @@ multicolonne , \emph on alignement -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset horizontal -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset centré \emph default et une largeur de 2.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm. Les colonnes couvertes doivent avoir exactement la moitié de la largeur de la cellule multicolonne, vous devez donc donner une largeur de 1.25 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm pour la première colonne. La deuxième colonne aura alors automatiquement une largeur de 1.25 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm (la largeur de la multicolonne moins la largeur de la première colonne). C'est ce qui a été fait pour le tableau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -12167,7 +12149,7 @@ Vous pouvez voir que la première colonne n'a pas la moitié de la largeur parce qu'une cellule est toujours un peu plus large que la taille qu'on lui donne. L'appendice -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -12213,7 +12195,7 @@ Dans notre cas nous avons \end_inset cm et les valeurs par défaut pour les autres longueurs, l'équation -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -12610,7 +12592,7 @@ multirow{2}{2.5cm}{ comme du code TeX. Les paramètres de la commande indiquent que la cellule multi-ligne couvre deux lignes et a une largeur de 2.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm. @@ -12705,7 +12687,7 @@ Tableau ! Formel \begin_layout Standard Dans les livres les tableaux sont souvent mis en forme d'une façon semblable à celle du tableau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -12740,11 +12722,11 @@ Bordures de la fenêtre de dialogue \family sans Paramètres -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset du -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset tableau @@ -13160,17 +13142,17 @@ Bordures de la fenêtre de dialogue \family sans Paramètres -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset du -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset tableau \family default comme c'est décrit dans la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -13193,11 +13175,11 @@ Au contraire des tableaux normaux, les tableaux formels n'ont pas de lignes \end_inset La première et la dernière ligne ont par défaut une épaisseur de 0.08 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em alors que les autres lignes ont par défaut une épaisseur de 0.05 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em. @@ -13256,7 +13238,7 @@ midrule \series default . Vous pouvez utiliser toutes les unités de longueur définies dans l'appendice -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -13313,7 +13295,7 @@ mitrales \begin_layout Standard La valeur par défaut pour l'épaisseur des lignes est de 0.03 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em. @@ -13353,7 +13335,7 @@ r{largeurRognage} l{2pt} \emph default pour ce paramètre, la ligne va être rognée de 2 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt à son extrémité gauche. @@ -13362,7 +13344,7 @@ pt à son extrémité gauche. largeurRognage \emph default les lignes sont par défaut rognées de 0.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em. @@ -13373,7 +13355,7 @@ em. \end_inset Le tableau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -13427,7 +13409,7 @@ Vous pouvez vouloir des commandes cmidrule \series default s qui se recouvrent comme pour le tableau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -13451,7 +13433,7 @@ morecmidrules \begin_layout Standard La commande qui a été utilisée pour la deuxième ligne du tableau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -13590,7 +13572,7 @@ Système \begin_layout Plain Layout Medipix -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 1 @@ -13603,7 +13585,7 @@ Medipix \begin_layout Plain Layout Medipix -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 2 @@ -13997,7 +13979,7 @@ Tableau ! Alignement Pour pouvoir être aligné verticalement par rapport au texte, un tableau doit être à l'intérieur d'une boîte. La boîte peut alors être alignée comme c'est décrit dans la -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -14018,7 +14000,7 @@ status open \begin_layout Plain Layout Les minipages son décrites dans la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -14034,7 +14016,7 @@ reference "sec:Minipages" \end_inset dont la largeur est de 15 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset col% : @@ -14695,7 +14677,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Les boîtes élévatrices (raiseboxes) sont décrites dans la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -14986,18 +14968,18 @@ Si vous voulez seulement avoir du texte en couleur, sélectionnez les cellules \family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Style -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Texte \family default . C'est ce qui a été utilisé pour créer le tableau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -15095,7 +15077,7 @@ columncolor{nom de couleur} >{} \series default dans la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -15270,11 +15252,11 @@ Pour colorer de caractères dans un tableau, sélectionnez les cellules et \family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Style -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Texte @@ -15311,7 +15293,7 @@ Note: \begin_layout Standard Pour créer le tableau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -15382,11 +15364,11 @@ Les caractères peuvent maintenant être colorés en utilisant le menu \family sans Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Style -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Texte @@ -15672,7 +15654,7 @@ on parle de filets plutôt que de lignes pour les tableaux \begin_layout Standard Comme c'est décrit dans la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -15691,7 +15673,7 @@ arrayrulewidth \series default . Elle est mise à 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt pour tous les tableaux de cette section. @@ -15716,7 +15698,7 @@ arrayrulewidth}{1.5pt} Pour colorer les filets verticaux, par exemple en vert, créez le format de colonne suivant dans le préambule du document, en suivant la description de la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -15743,7 +15725,7 @@ vline}} \begin_layout Standard Pour le tableau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -15905,7 +15887,7 @@ sd \end_inset Pour colorer les filets horizontaux en rouge comme pour le tableau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -16150,7 +16132,7 @@ myHlineC} \begin_layout Standard Le tableau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -16387,11 +16369,11 @@ Bordures de la fenêtre de dialogue \family sans Paramètres -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset du -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset tableau @@ -16402,11 +16384,11 @@ tableau \begin_layout Description Haut -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset ligne va ajouter de l'espace au-dessus de caractères de la ligne . @@ -16416,7 +16398,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Les tableaux formels sont décrits dans la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -16432,7 +16414,7 @@ reference "sec:Tableaux-Formels" \end_inset LyX va insérer par défaut un espace de 0.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em. @@ -16446,12 +16428,12 @@ em. \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hspace*{} +\begin_inset space \hspace*{} \length 0pt \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -16476,7 +16458,7 @@ A \begin_layout Plain Layout espace de 3 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mm en haut de la ligne @@ -16501,11 +16483,11 @@ C \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hspace*{} +\begin_inset space \hspace*{} \length 0pt \end_inset @@ -16523,21 +16505,21 @@ L'insertion d'espace en haut de ligne n'a donc d'intérêt que si vous n'avez \begin_layout Description Bas -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset ligne va ajouter de l'espace sous les caractères de la ligne. Si le tableau est un tableau formel LyX va insérer par défaut un espace de 0.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em, pour les tableaux normaux, l'espace par défaut est de 2 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. @@ -16545,17 +16527,17 @@ pt. \begin_layout Description Entre -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset les -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset lignes ajoute l'espace entre la ligne courante et la ligne suivante. Si le tableau est un tableau formel LyX va insérer par défaut un espace de 0.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em. @@ -16569,12 +16551,12 @@ em. \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hspace*{} +\begin_inset space \hspace*{} \length 0pt \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -16602,7 +16584,7 @@ A \end_inset espace de 3 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mm entre les lignes @@ -16624,7 +16606,7 @@ mm entre les lignes \end_inset espace de 3 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mm entre les lignes @@ -16642,11 +16624,11 @@ mm entre les lignes \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hspace*{} +\begin_inset space \hspace*{} \length 0pt \end_inset @@ -16743,7 +16725,7 @@ Personnalisation des tableaux ! Alignement de cellules spéciaux On peut parfois améliorer l'aspect d'un tableau en alignant le contenu des cellules sur un caractère donné, par exemple le séparateur décimal comme dans le tableau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -16899,7 +16881,7 @@ Ce tableau a été créé comme un tableau 4×2. \begin_layout Standard Le tableau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -17023,7 +17005,7 @@ relations \begin_layout Plain Layout 24 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset bouteilles @@ -17095,7 +17077,7 @@ bouteilles \begin_layout Plain Layout 768 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Pixels @@ -17167,7 +17149,7 @@ Pixels \begin_layout Plain Layout 6 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm @@ -17262,7 +17244,7 @@ Paquetages LaTeX ! dcolumn dcolumn \series default la première colonne du tableau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -17273,7 +17255,7 @@ reference "tab:Plusieurs-exemples-alignements" \end_inset ressemblera à la première colonne du tableau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -17289,7 +17271,7 @@ reference "tab:Alignements-avec-dcolumn" \lang french On ne peut pas aligner la deuxième et la troisième colonne du tableau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -17376,7 +17358,7 @@ unités \begin_layout Plain Layout 12x24 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset bouteilles @@ -17389,7 +17371,7 @@ bouteilles \begin_layout Plain Layout 12x24 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -17434,7 +17416,7 @@ times \begin_layout Plain Layout 1024x768 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Pixels @@ -17447,7 +17429,7 @@ Pixels \begin_layout Plain Layout 1024x768 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -17492,7 +17474,7 @@ times \begin_layout Plain Layout 32x6 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm @@ -17505,7 +17487,7 @@ cm \begin_layout Plain Layout 32x6 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -17580,7 +17562,7 @@ Personnalisation des tableaux ! Format de cellule/colonne \begin_layout Standard Calculer la largeur nécessaire pour des colonnes couvertes par un cellule multicolonne comme dans la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -17669,7 +17651,7 @@ Où le hspace{0pt} \series default évite le problème de césure du premier mot, comme c'est décrit en section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -17754,7 +17736,7 @@ arrayrulewidth)*(1-#2))/#2}} \begin_layout Standard Ce format utilise l'équation -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -17838,7 +17820,7 @@ comme paramètre LaTeX. \begin_layout Standard Pour créer le tableau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -18072,11 +18054,11 @@ arrayrulewidth \series default . Pour mettre, par exemple, une épaisseur de filet de 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt, comme pour le tableau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -18110,7 +18092,7 @@ en code TeX avant le tableau ou le flottant de tableau. arrayrulewidth \series default à 0.4 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt en utilisant du code LaTeX après le tableau ou le flottant de tableau. @@ -18148,7 +18130,7 @@ name "tab:Tableau-filets-1.5pt" \end_inset Tableau avec des filets de 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt @@ -18286,11 +18268,11 @@ arrayrulewidth}{0.4pt} \end_inset Pour que seuls les filets horizontaux aient une épaisseur de 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt, comme dans le tableau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -18430,7 +18412,7 @@ name "tab:Tableau-filets-horizontaux-1.5pt" \end_inset Tableau avec des filets horizontaux de 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt @@ -18570,12 +18552,12 @@ myHline} \end_inset Pour que seuls les filets verticaux aient une épaisseur de 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt, créez le format de colonne suivant dans le préambule, en suivant la description de la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -18600,7 +18582,7 @@ vrule width 1.5pt}} \begin_layout Standard Pour le tableau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -18650,7 +18632,7 @@ name "tab:Tableau-filets-verticaux-1.5pt" \end_inset Tableau avec des filets verticaux de 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt @@ -19221,7 +19203,7 @@ ne. \begin_layout Standard Le tableau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -19289,7 +19271,7 @@ Paquetages LaTeX ! colortbl \end_inset qui est utilisé pour avoir des tableaux colorés dans la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -19421,19 +19403,19 @@ flotter Les \family sans Notes -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset en -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Bas -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Page @@ -19441,11 +19423,11 @@ Page et le \family sans Notes -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset en -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Marge @@ -19464,7 +19446,7 @@ Grâce aux flottants, on peut obtenir automatiquement une mise en page de le texte. Les flottants sont donc numérotés. Les références croisées sont décrites dans la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -19490,7 +19472,7 @@ Flottant. \end_inset Figure -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset #: @@ -19505,7 +19487,7 @@ Figure séparé, à l'intérieur du flottant. Vous trouverez plus de détails sur le positionnement des légendes dans la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -19542,7 +19524,7 @@ Les Types de Flottants \begin_layout Standard En plus des flottants de figures et de tableau qui sont décrits respectivement dans les sections -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -19566,7 +19548,7 @@ Algorithme et \series bold Flottant -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset d'enrobage @@ -19673,7 +19655,7 @@ Algorithme Il peut être utilisé pour des morceaux de code source ou des descriptions d'algorithmes. Vous pouvez par exemple utiliser l'environnement Code -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset LyX qui est décrit dans le @@ -19681,20 +19663,20 @@ LyX qui est décrit dans le Guide \emph default -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \emph on de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset l'Utilisateur \emph default de LyX. l'algorithme -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -19705,7 +19687,7 @@ reference "alg:Exemple-Flottant-Algorithme" \end_inset est un exemple de flottant d'algorithme où un espace vertical de -4 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mm a été ajouté à la fin du flottant pour que la ligne du bas du flottant @@ -19725,7 +19707,7 @@ ent en ajoutant la ligne suivante dans le préambule de votre document : \backslash floatname{algorithm}{votre -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset nom} @@ -19738,7 +19720,7 @@ where \family sans \lang french votre -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset nom @@ -19765,11 +19747,11 @@ To insert the list of algorithms you can in this case not use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator List -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset / -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator @@ -19786,7 +19768,7 @@ List of Algorithms \backslash listof{algorithm}{your -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset name} @@ -19798,7 +19780,7 @@ name} where \family sans your -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset name @@ -19851,19 +19833,19 @@ numberwithin , activez l'option \family sans Utiliser -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset le -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset paquetage -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset AMS -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset math @@ -19871,11 +19853,11 @@ math dans la rubrique \family sans Options -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset des -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Maths @@ -19883,11 +19865,11 @@ Maths de la fenêtre de dialogue \family sans Paramètres -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset du -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Document @@ -19968,7 +19950,7 @@ Ce type de flottant est utilisé quand on veut que le texte habille la figure Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Flottant\SpecialChar \menuseparator Flottant -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset d'enrobage @@ -20055,7 +20037,7 @@ status collapsed Voyez dans la manuel \emph on Configuration -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset LaTeX @@ -20068,7 +20050,7 @@ comment installer des paquetages LaTeX. La largeur et la position du flottant peut être modifiée en faisant un clic droit sur la boîte du flottant. La figure -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -20079,7 +20061,7 @@ reference "fig:Figure-enrobée" \end_inset est un exemple de flottant d'enrobage avec une largeur de 40 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset col%. @@ -20088,7 +20070,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Les unités disponibles sont expliquées dans l'appendice -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -20273,19 +20255,19 @@ numberwithin , vous devez activer l'option \family sans Utiliser -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset le -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset paquetage -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset maths -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset AMS @@ -20293,11 +20275,11 @@ AMS dans la rubrique \family sans Options -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset des -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Maths @@ -20311,7 +20293,7 @@ Paramètres \begin_layout Standard Veuillez aussi jeter un coup d'œil à la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -20397,7 +20379,7 @@ L'étiquette sert à la fois de point d'ancrage et de nom pour la référence. \family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Référence -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Croisée @@ -20450,11 +20432,11 @@ Vous pouvez modifier une étiquette à tout moment en cliquant sur sa boîte. Le bouton \family sans Aller -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset à -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset l'étiquette @@ -20498,7 +20480,7 @@ Il y a six types de références croisées : \begin_layout Description -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset : affiche le numéro de l'élément, c'est le choix par défaut : @@ -20513,7 +20495,7 @@ reference "fig:Deux-images-déformées" \begin_layout Description () -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset : affiche le numéro de l'élément entre parenthèses, c'est le style utilisé @@ -20538,11 +20520,11 @@ reference "eq:Wgn" \begin_layout Description -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset : affiche le numéro de la page sur laquelle se trouve l'élément: Page -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -20557,11 +20539,11 @@ reference "fig:Deux-images-déformées" \begin_layout Description page -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset : affiche le mot @@ -20584,15 +20566,15 @@ reference "fig:Deux-images-déformées" \begin_layout Description -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset page -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset : affiche le numéro de l'élément, le mot @@ -20615,19 +20597,19 @@ reference "fig:Deux-images-déformées" \begin_layout Description Référence -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset mise -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset en -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset forme -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset : affiche une référence croisée qui définit son propre format. @@ -20677,77 +20659,6 @@ Le numéro affecté à une étiquette et le numéro de la page sur laquelle elle boîte de la référence croisée. \end_layout -\begin_layout Subsection -Faire référence à des sous-figures -\begin_inset CommandInset label -LatexCommand label -name "sub:Référencer-Sousfigures" - -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset Index -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout -Références ! à des sous-figures -\end_layout - -\end_inset - - -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -Actuellement les références croisées vers des sous-figures ne sont pas gérées - par LyX, vous devez donc utiliser des commandes LaTeX. - L'étiquette est crée avec la commande -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -label{fig:YourLabelName} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -qui est mise directement dans le champ de la légende de la sous-figure. - Pour faire référence à cette étiquette, ajoutez la commande suivante en - code TeX -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard - -\series bold - -\backslash -ref{fig:YourLabelName} -\end_layout - -\begin_layout Standard -à la position où la référence doit se trouver dans votre document. - Voici une référence vers une sous-figure : la sous-figure -\begin_inset Space ~ -\end_inset - - -\begin_inset ERT -status collapsed - -\begin_layout Plain Layout - - -\backslash -ref{fig:Platypus} -\end_layout - -\end_inset - -. -\end_layout - \begin_layout Subsection Nommage automatique des références croisées \begin_inset Index @@ -20868,21 +20779,21 @@ Note: choisi le style de référence \family sans Référence -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset mise -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset en -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset forme \family default décrit dans la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -21080,11 +20991,11 @@ En faisant un clic droit sur la boîte d'un flottant, on ouvre la fenêtre de dialogue \family sans Paramètre -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Flottant @@ -21097,7 +21008,7 @@ Flottant L'option \family sans Plusieurs -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset colonnes @@ -21111,13 +21022,13 @@ colonnes L'option \family sans Rotation -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 90° \family default est utilisée pour faire tourner les flottants, voyez la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -21134,19 +21045,19 @@ reference "sec:Flottants-renversés" En désactivant l'option \family sans Utilise -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset le -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset placement -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset par -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset défaut @@ -21157,11 +21068,11 @@ défaut \begin_layout Description Ici, -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset si -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset possible: essaie de placer le flottant à la position où il a été inséré @@ -21170,15 +21081,15 @@ possible: essaie de placer le flottant à la position où il a été inséré \begin_layout Description Haut -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset la -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset page: essaie de placer le flottant en haut de la page courante @@ -21186,15 +21097,15 @@ page: essaie de placer le flottant en haut de la page courante \begin_layout Description Bas -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset la -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset page: essaie de placer le flottant en bas de la page courante @@ -21202,11 +21113,11 @@ page: essaie de placer le flottant en bas de la page courante \begin_layout Description Page -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset flottants: essaie de placer le flottant sur une page à part, éventuellement @@ -21223,11 +21134,11 @@ les options dans l'ordre donné ci-dessus. d'abord essayer \family sans Ici -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset si -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset possible @@ -21235,15 +21146,15 @@ possible , ensuite \family sans Haut -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset la -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset page @@ -21263,15 +21174,15 @@ Par défaut, chaque option a ses propres règles d'application: \family sans Haut -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset la -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset page @@ -21290,15 +21201,15 @@ topfraction \family sans Bas -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset la -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset page @@ -21317,11 +21228,11 @@ bottomfraction \family sans Page -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset flottants @@ -21341,15 +21252,15 @@ Si vous n'aimez pas ces règles, vous pouvez les ignorer en utilisant l'option supplémentaire \family sans Ignorer -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset les -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset règles -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset LaTeX @@ -21364,7 +21275,7 @@ LaTeX Vous pouvez aussi redéfinir les règles avec les commandes LaTeX qui sont données entre parenthèses après les descriptions des règles données ci-dessus. Par exemple, pour augmenter à 50 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset % la valeur de la règle de bas de page dont la valeur par défaut est souvent @@ -21387,15 +21298,15 @@ Parfois, vous avez besoin que dans tous les cas, le flottant soit placé dans ce cas utilisez l'option \family sans Ici -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset à -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset tout -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Prix @@ -21505,7 +21416,7 @@ Paquetages LaTeX ! endfloat \family sans [Figure -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 3.2 @@ -21564,7 +21475,7 @@ Note: endfloat \series default ne fournit pas de traduction automatique de l'indication textuelle, vous devez donc le faire manuellement, voyez la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 4 de @@ -21678,7 +21589,7 @@ Vous pouvez vouloir faire pivoter vos flottants, surtout dans le cas de un clic droit sur la boîte du flottant et utilisez l'option \family sans Rotation -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 90° @@ -21707,7 +21618,7 @@ figuresright Faire référence à un flottant renversé se fait de la même manière que pour un flottant normal, la mise en forme de la légende est aussi identique : Le tableau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -21847,7 +21758,7 @@ Flottants ! côte-à-côte \begin_layout Standard Pour placer des flottants côte-à-côte, comme pour la figure -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -21875,7 +21786,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Les minipages sont décrites dans la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -21892,11 +21803,11 @@ reference "sec:Minipages" . La largeur est mise à 45 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset -50 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset column% et l'alignement de la boîte à @@ -21909,11 +21820,11 @@ Bas La seule différence est que l'unité de longueur \family sans Largeur -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset colonne -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset % @@ -21975,7 +21886,7 @@ Flottant du côté gauche. \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -22175,7 +22086,7 @@ captionsetup[type de flottant]{définition du format} \begin_layout Standard dans le préambule du document. Par exemple les formats de légende de la Figure -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -22186,7 +22097,7 @@ reference "fig:Legende-de-fig" \end_inset et du Tableau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -22391,7 +22302,7 @@ letter (koma-script) report (koma-script) \family default -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset ), Vous pouvez utiliser la commande incorporée @@ -22666,7 +22577,7 @@ La règle habituelle pour placer la légende est : \begin_layout Description Figure -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset : La légende est placée en dessous de la figure @@ -22674,7 +22585,7 @@ Figure \begin_layout Description Tableau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset : La légende est placée au dessus du tableau @@ -22711,7 +22622,7 @@ status open \begin_layout Plain Layout Voir la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -22771,7 +22682,7 @@ letter (koma-script) report (koma-script) \family default -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset ), vous pouvez utiliser à la place du paquetage @@ -23205,7 +23116,7 @@ TabBesEnd \begin_layout Standard La figure -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -23216,7 +23127,7 @@ reference "fig:legende-a-coté-fig" \end_inset et le tableau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -23304,7 +23215,7 @@ sidecaptionvpos{figure}{c} \begin_layout Standard C'est ce qui a été utilisé pour la figure -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -23359,7 +23270,7 @@ Paquetages LaTeX ! hypcap \end_inset , qui est décrit dans la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -23850,11 +23761,11 @@ De la même façon que la table des matières fait la liste des sections du \family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Listes -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset & -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset TdM @@ -23918,7 +23829,7 @@ Note \begin_layout Description Note -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset LyX Ce type de note est à usage interne et n'apparaîtra pas sur la sortie @@ -24165,7 +24076,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Les boîtes encadrées sont traitées dans la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24228,7 +24139,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Les boîtes colorées sont traitées dans la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24262,7 +24173,7 @@ Quand vous utilisez le bouton de la barre d'outils, vous insérez une \family sans Note -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset LyX @@ -24325,7 +24236,7 @@ egroup} \begin_layout Standard Les couleurs disponibles et la méthode pour définir vos propres couleurs sont expliqués dans la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24362,11 +24273,11 @@ Grisées peut être modifié avec la fenêtre de dialogue \family sans Style -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset du -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset texte @@ -24383,7 +24294,7 @@ L'épaisseur du trait de bordure pour les notes Encadrées \family default est par défaut de 0.4 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt ; elle peut être modifiée en changeant la valeur de @@ -24394,7 +24305,7 @@ FrameRule \series default . L'espace entre le contenu de la note et le cadre est par défaut de 9 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt ; cette valeur peut aussi être modifiée en changeant la valeur de @@ -24490,7 +24401,7 @@ Pour les notes Grisées \family default , l'espace par défaut entre le texte de la note et le cadre est de 3 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt ; ce qui peut être modifié en changeant la valeur de @@ -24518,7 +24429,7 @@ definecolor{shadebox} definecolor \series default est expliqué dans la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24544,7 +24455,7 @@ color definecolor, \series default voir la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24710,19 +24621,19 @@ Les notes en bas de page peuvent être insérées soit en utilisant le bouton \family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Note -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset en -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Bas -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Page @@ -24750,19 +24661,19 @@ bas sélectionnez-le et cliquez sur le bouton \family sans Note -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset en -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Bas -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Page @@ -24838,7 +24749,7 @@ La note de bas de page apparaîtra dans la sortie imprimée sous la forme On peut faire référence à une note en bas de page comme on le fait avec les flottants : Insérez une étiquette dans la note et faites une référence croisée vers cette étiquette comme c'est décrit dans la -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24853,7 +24764,7 @@ reference "sec:Referencer-les-Flottants" \end_inset Voici une référence à une note de bas de page : -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24872,7 +24783,7 @@ reference "fn:Note-en-bas" Pour utiliser des notes de bas de page dans les tableaux, vous devez utiliser des minipages, voyez la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24885,7 +24796,7 @@ reference "sec:Minipages" . Les notes de bas de page dans des tableaux longs sont traitées dans la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -24920,7 +24831,7 @@ Comme vous ne connaissez pas le numéro de la note que vous voulez répéter part. Pour la marque de note qui suit, ces commandes ont été insérées en code TeX après la note -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -25222,11 +25133,11 @@ numberwithin , activez dans la rubrique \family sans Options -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset des -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Maths @@ -25234,19 +25145,19 @@ Maths dans les paramètres du document, l'option \family sans Utiliser -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset le -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset paquetage -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset maths -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset AMS @@ -25388,7 +25299,7 @@ Si vous avez plusieurs notes sur une même page, elle apparaissent sans espace vertical entre elles en bas de la page. Pour les rendre plus lisibles vous pouvez par exemple ajouter un espace de 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mm avec la commande suivante dans le préambule : @@ -25424,7 +25335,7 @@ vspace{1.5mm}}} Dans un document à deux colonnes les notes de bas de page apparaissent en bas de chaque colonne, comme sur la Figure -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -25437,7 +25348,7 @@ reference "fig:Position-standard-note-bas-de-page" . Si les notes ne doivent apparaître qu'en bas de la colonne de droite, comme sur la Figure -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -25615,7 +25526,7 @@ ftnright Dans certaines publications scientifiques, il est courant de rassembler les notes de bas de page et de les imprimer dans un paragraphe particulier à la fin de la section, comme sur la Figure -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -25831,7 +25742,7 @@ notesname}{Anmerkungen} La numérotation des notes de fin peut être modifiée comme celle des notes de bas de page comme c'est décrit dans la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -25861,7 +25772,7 @@ theendnote @addtoreset \series default comme c'est décrit dans la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -25896,7 +25807,7 @@ endnotemark[numéro] footnotemark \series default , décrite dans la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -25971,11 +25882,11 @@ t de la même façon. \family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Note -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset en -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Marge @@ -26164,7 +26075,7 @@ UnTrèsLongMotEnMarge sans césure. \end_inset Comme dans le cas décrit dans la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26337,7 +26248,7 @@ marginnote \begin_layout Standard où l'offset utilise l'une des unités listées dans le tableau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26352,7 +26263,7 @@ reference "cha:Unités-de-longueur" déplace vers le bas. Par exemple la note qui se trouve à côté de cette ligne de texte est décalée vers le haut de 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm avec la commande en code TeX @@ -26373,7 +26284,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Cette note en marge est décalée vers le haut de 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm par rapport à sa position d'origine. @@ -26825,7 +26736,7 @@ Boîtes ! Introduction Les boîtes sont utilisées pour mettre en forme un bloc de texte. Elles peuvent être utilisées pour écrire un document en plusieurs langues, voir la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26836,7 +26747,7 @@ reference "sec:Minipages" \end_inset , pour encadrer des portions de texte, voir la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26847,7 +26758,7 @@ reference "sec:Boîtes-encadrées" \end_inset , pour empêcher que des mots subissent une césure, voir la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26858,7 +26769,7 @@ reference "sec:Empêcher-césure" \end_inset , pour aligner du texte, voir la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26869,7 +26780,7 @@ reference "sub:Alignement-Vertical" \end_inset , ou pour modifier la couleur de fond d'une portion de texte, voir la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26900,7 +26811,7 @@ Boîte Une boîte grise avec une étiquette \family sans Boîte -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (Minipage) @@ -26918,7 +26829,7 @@ Boîte La fenêtre de dialogue qui apparaît donne accès aux types de \family sans Boîte -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Intérieure @@ -26948,7 +26859,7 @@ Minipage \family default est le type par défaut pour les boîtes nouvellement créées et il est décrit dans la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -26963,7 +26874,7 @@ reference "sec:Minipages" Parbox \family default est décrit dans la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -27019,7 +26930,7 @@ Note: Pour une raison inconnue, vous ne pouvez mettre le type de la \family sans Boîte -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Intérieure @@ -27032,13 +26943,13 @@ Aucune Les boîtes sans \family sans Boîte -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Intérieure \family default et sans cadre sont expliquées dans la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -27095,11 +27006,11 @@ Boîtes ! Taille Dans la fenêtre de dialogue \family sans Paramètres -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Boîte @@ -27115,7 +27026,7 @@ Hauteur . Les unités de longueur qui sont utilisables dans ces champs sont décrites dans le tableau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -27172,7 +27083,7 @@ status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center Boîte dont la hauteur est égale à 1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Profondeur @@ -27210,7 +27121,7 @@ status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center Boîte dont la hauteur est 2 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Hauteur @@ -27223,15 +27134,15 @@ Hauteur \begin_layout Description Hauteur -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Totale C'est égal à Hauteur -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset + -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Profondeur : @@ -27250,11 +27161,11 @@ status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center Boîte dont la hauteur est 1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Hauteur -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Totale @@ -27282,7 +27193,7 @@ status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center Boîte dont la hauteur est 1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Largeur @@ -27311,7 +27222,7 @@ Boîtes ! Alignement Quand vous avez choisi une \family sans Boîte -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Intérieure @@ -27407,11 +27318,11 @@ Note: \lang english The vertical box aligment can be lost in the output when you have two boxes in a line and one has e. -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset a shadow and the other one not. @@ -27427,11 +27338,11 @@ L'alignement horizontal de la boîte peut être modifié quand elle a son propre paragraphe grâce à la fenêtre de dialogue \family sans Paramètres -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Boîte @@ -27446,7 +27357,7 @@ Boîte Quand vous avez choisi une \family sans Boîte -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Intérieure @@ -27582,11 +27493,11 @@ Pour aligner horizontalement le contenu d'une boîte vous pouvez utiliser la fenêtre de dialogue \family sans Paramètres -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset paragraphe @@ -27594,7 +27505,7 @@ paragraphe quand vous avez choisi une \family sans Boîte -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Intérieure @@ -27640,7 +27551,7 @@ est allongé. Si vous n'avez pas choisi une \family sans Boîte -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Intérieure @@ -27703,11 +27614,11 @@ Décoration dans la boîte de dialogue \family sans Paramètres -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Boîte @@ -27718,7 +27629,7 @@ Boîte \begin_layout Description Boîte -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset rectangulaire Ceci dessine un cadre rectangulaire autour de la boîte. @@ -27754,16 +27665,16 @@ Boîte rectangulaire \begin_layout Description Boîte -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset ovale, -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset fine Ceci dessine un cadre ovalisée autour de la boîte. L'épaisseur du trait de ce cadre est de 0.4 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. @@ -27792,16 +27703,16 @@ Boîte ovalisée, fine \begin_layout Description Boîte -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset ovale, -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset épaisse Ceci dessine un cadre ovalisée autour de la boîte. L'épaisseur du trait de ce cadre est de 0.8 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. @@ -27830,7 +27741,7 @@ Boîte ovalisée, épaisse \begin_layout Description Boîte -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset ombrée Ceci dessine un cadre rectangulaire avec une ombre autour de la boîte. @@ -27841,7 +27752,7 @@ ombrée Ceci dessine un cadre rectangulaire avec une ombre autour de la boîte. fboxrule \series default , l'ombre a une épaisseur de 4 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. @@ -27870,12 +27781,12 @@ Boîte ombrée \begin_layout Description Boîte -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset double Ceci dessine un cadre rectangulaire à deux traits autour de la boîte. L'épaisseur du trait du cadre interne est de 0.75 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -27885,7 +27796,7 @@ double Ceci dessine un cadre rectangulaire à deux traits autour de la boîte. fboxrule \series default , l'épaisseur du trait du cadre externe est de 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -27896,7 +27807,7 @@ fboxrule \series default . La distance entre les deux cadres est de 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset @@ -27906,15 +27817,15 @@ fboxrule fboxrule \series default -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset + -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 0.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. @@ -27966,13 +27877,13 @@ La valeur par défaut pour la variable fboxrule \series default est 0.4 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. Elle peut être modifiée avec la commande suivante en code TeX, par exemple pour avoir 2 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt : @@ -28025,15 +27936,15 @@ Boîte rectangulaire avec fboxrule \series default -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset = -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 2 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt @@ -28065,7 +27976,7 @@ fboxrule}{0.4pt} L'espace entre le cadre et le contenu de la boîte est le même pour tous les types de cadres, par défaut il est de 3 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. @@ -28091,7 +28002,7 @@ fboxsep}{10pt} \begin_layout Standard met une valeur de 10 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt, comme celle utilisée pour cette boîte : @@ -28134,15 +28045,15 @@ Boîte rectangulaire avec fboxsep \series default -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset = -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 10 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt @@ -28193,7 +28104,7 @@ cornersize*{1cm} \begin_layout Standard donne un diamètre de 1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm. @@ -28212,11 +28123,11 @@ cornersize{num} fixe le diamètre à \family sans num -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset × -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset minimum(largeur et hauteur de la boîte) @@ -28266,15 +28177,15 @@ Boîte ovale avec cornersize \series default -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset = -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 1.5 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm @@ -28311,7 +28222,7 @@ shadowsize \series default . Elle est fixée à 2 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt pour la boîte suivante par la commande : @@ -28364,15 +28275,15 @@ Boîte ombrée avec shadowsize \series default -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset = -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 2 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt @@ -28443,7 +28354,7 @@ Les minipages sont par exemple utiles quand on écrit un document avec plusieurs \begin_layout Standard Ci-dessous, vous avez deux exemples de minipages côte-à-côte. Leur largeur est fixée à 45 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset col% et elles sont séparées par un ressort horizontal, qui a été inséré @@ -28452,7 +28363,7 @@ col% et elles sont séparées par un ressort horizontal, qui a été inséré Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator Ressort -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Horizontal @@ -28510,7 +28421,7 @@ Dies ist eine deutsche Fußnote. \end_inset -\begin_inset Space \hfill{} +\begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset @@ -28894,7 +28805,7 @@ Moyen \begin_layout Standard Les minipages peuvent être utilisées pour changer la couleur de fond d'une portion de texte, voyez la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -29191,15 +29102,15 @@ Bien sûr, maintenant le mot dépasse dans la marge latérale. Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator Passage -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset à -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset la -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Ligne @@ -29805,7 +29716,7 @@ yellow Vous pouvez aussi définir vos propres couleurs comme c'est décrit dans la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -29933,7 +29844,7 @@ fboxrule fboxsep \series default , comme c'est décrit dans la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -29960,7 +29871,7 @@ fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{ \begin_layout Standard Voici un exemple où l'épaisseur de la ligne du cadre a été mise à 1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mm: @@ -31423,7 +31334,7 @@ Fichier \begin_layout Description Document -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset LyX Un autre document LyX ; son contenu est directement inséré dans votre @@ -31432,7 +31343,7 @@ LyX Un autre document LyX ; son contenu est directement inséré dans votre \begin_layout Description Texte -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Brut Un document textuel ; chacune des ses lignes est insérée comme un paragraph @@ -31441,15 +31352,15 @@ e. \begin_layout Description Texte -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Brut -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset par -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Ligne Un document textuel ; ses lignes sont insérées telle qu'elles. @@ -31458,7 +31369,7 @@ Ligne Un document textuel ; ses lignes sont insérées telle qu'elles. \begin_layout Description Objet -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Externe Fichiers de formats variés. @@ -31495,7 +31406,7 @@ La fonction d'insertion d'objets externes vous permet d'insérer le contenu On insère des objets externes en utilisant la fenêtre de dialogue \family sans Objet -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Externe @@ -31505,7 +31416,7 @@ Externe Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Fichiers\SpecialChar \menuseparator Objet -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Externe @@ -31551,7 +31462,7 @@ Jour-Mois-Année \lang english -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -31586,7 +31497,7 @@ today \series default entrée comme code TeX. Ces différentes méthodes sont comparée dans le tableau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -31622,7 +31533,7 @@ RasterImage Ce modèle peut être utilisé pour les images matricielles (bitmap) Les images peuvent être traitées dans la fenêtre de dialogue \family sans Objet -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Externe @@ -31634,7 +31545,7 @@ Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Graphique \family default , comme c'est décrit dans la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -31716,7 +31627,7 @@ Format du document \family sans Objet -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Externe\SpecialChar \menuseparator @@ -31889,7 +31800,7 @@ Fichier de la fenêtre de dialogue \family sans Objet -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Externe @@ -31910,11 +31821,11 @@ Les objets externes apparaissent dans LyX, soit comme une boîte comme celle-ci soit comme une image, selon que vous avez ou non activé l'option \family sans Afficher -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset dans -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset LyX @@ -31922,7 +31833,7 @@ LyX de l'onglet \family sans Vue -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset LyX @@ -31930,7 +31841,7 @@ LyX de la fenêtre de dialogue \family sans Objet -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Externe @@ -32013,7 +31924,7 @@ Sous-Document \begin_layout Description Inclus -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (include) Vous pouvez inclure des documents LyX et LaTeX. @@ -32055,7 +31966,7 @@ La numérotation des sections va prendre en compte les sections des fichiers numérotée comme sous-section de la section actuelle. Les étiquettes présentes dans le fichier inclus peuvent être référencées : la sous-section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -32155,7 +32066,7 @@ Note: \begin_layout Description Incorporé -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (input) Cette méthode est très semblable à la méthode Inclus, les différences @@ -32173,15 +32084,15 @@ Les fichiers incorporés peuvent être prévisualisés dans LyX quand l'option \family sans Aperçu -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset sur -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset le -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset vif @@ -32229,11 +32140,11 @@ Verbatim Avec cette méthodes tous les fichiers textes peuvent être inclus. Vous pouvez utiliser l'option \family sans Marquer -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset les -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset espaces @@ -32266,7 +32177,7 @@ textvisiblespace Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator Texte -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset brut @@ -32294,11 +32205,11 @@ Voici un autre sous-document incorporé par la méthode verbatim en utilisant l'option \family sans Marquer -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset les -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset espaces : @@ -32340,7 +32251,7 @@ Note: \begin_layout Description Listings Ce type d'inclusion est décrit dans le chapitre -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -32426,15 +32337,15 @@ Insérer \family sans Listing -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Code -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Source @@ -32469,11 +32380,11 @@ Par défaut, un listing commence un nouveau paragraphe dans la sortie imprimée. L'option d'emplacement \family sans Listing -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset en -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Ligne @@ -32550,7 +32461,7 @@ p \end_inset correspondant aux emplacement décrits dans la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -32601,7 +32512,7 @@ Légende . On peut référencer les listings de la même façon que les flottants :Voir le listing -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -32717,11 +32628,11 @@ Courier Dans la rubrique \family sans Numérotation -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset des -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Lignes @@ -32750,15 +32661,15 @@ En plus vous pouvez préciser un intervalle de lignes et seules ces lignes Vous devez utiliser l'option \family sans Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Caractères -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Étendue @@ -32774,15 +32685,15 @@ Voici un exemple de listing avec la numérotation des lignes à gauche par \end_inset Table -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset caractères -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset étendue @@ -32794,19 +32705,19 @@ caractères \end_inset Espace -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset représenté -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset par -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset un -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset symbole @@ -32814,11 +32725,11 @@ symbole \end_inset , l'intervalle de ligne étant 3 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset - -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 8: @@ -32934,17 +32845,17 @@ Sous-Document Listing \family default -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \family sans de -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Code -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset source @@ -32955,7 +32866,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Les autres types de sous-documents sont décrits dans la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -32991,7 +32902,7 @@ Pour faire référence à un sous-document de type listing, tapez une étiquette \family sans Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator Référence -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Croisée @@ -33001,7 +32912,7 @@ Croisée \begin_layout Standard Le listing -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -33012,11 +32923,11 @@ reference "lst:listing-fichier" \end_inset est une exemple de listing issu d'un fichier ; ici les lignes 10 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset - -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 15 de ce fichier LyX sont listées. @@ -33047,11 +32958,11 @@ Les paramètres globaux pour les listings peuvent être modifiés avec la fenêt Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Paramètres\SpecialChar \menuseparator Format -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset du -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Texte @@ -33069,11 +32980,11 @@ Texte dans le champ \family sans Paramètres -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset du -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Listing @@ -33138,7 +33049,7 @@ name "cha:Unités-de-longueur" \begin_layout Standard Pour comprendre les unités de longueur utilisées dans cette documentation, le tableau -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -33282,11 +33193,11 @@ pt \begin_layout Plain Layout point (72.27 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt = 1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset in) @@ -33310,11 +33221,11 @@ pc \begin_layout Plain Layout pica (1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pc = 12 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt) @@ -33338,11 +33249,11 @@ sp \begin_layout Plain Layout scaled point (65536 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset sp = 1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt) @@ -33366,11 +33277,11 @@ bp \begin_layout Plain Layout gros point (72 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset bp = 1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset in) @@ -33394,7 +33305,7 @@ dd \begin_layout Plain Layout didot (72 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset dd @@ -33402,7 +33313,7 @@ dd \end_inset 37.6 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mm) @@ -33426,11 +33337,11 @@ cc \begin_layout Plain Layout cicero (1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cc = 12 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset dd) @@ -33642,11 +33553,11 @@ mu \begin_layout Plain Layout unité mathématique (1 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mu = 1/18 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) @@ -34096,7 +34007,7 @@ de trois façons différentes: \begin_layout Description PDF -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ps2pdf) Ceci utilise le programme @@ -34114,7 +34025,7 @@ dvips \begin_layout Description PDF -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (dvipdfm) Ceci utilise le programme @@ -34126,7 +34037,7 @@ dvipdfm \begin_layout Description PDF -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) Ceci utilise le programme @@ -34140,7 +34051,7 @@ pdftex Nous recommandons d'utiliser l'option \family sans PDF -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) @@ -34182,7 +34093,7 @@ Visualiser qui utilise \family sans PDF -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) @@ -34192,7 +34103,7 @@ PDF \begin_layout Chapter Explication de l' Équation -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -34247,7 +34158,7 @@ tabcolsep \series default est la largeur utilisée par LaTeX entre le texte de la cellule et la bordure, sa valeur par défaut est 6 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. @@ -34258,7 +34169,7 @@ pt. arrayrulewidth \series default est l'épaisseur de la bordure de la cellule, qui est par défaut de 0.4 -\begin_inset Space \thinspace{} +\begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. @@ -34266,7 +34177,7 @@ pt. \begin_layout Standard D'après l'équation -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -34294,7 +34205,7 @@ W_{\mathrm{tot\, mult}}=W_{g\,\mathrm{mult}}+2\cdot\backslash\mbox{tabcolsep}+2\ \begin_layout Standard En posant que les équations -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset @@ -34889,7 +34800,7 @@ status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout voir la section -\begin_inset Space ~ +\begin_inset space ~ \end_inset -- 2.39.2